vscode.d.ts 297.5 KB
Newer Older
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1 2 3 4 5
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *  Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *  Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
 *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

6
declare module 'vscode' {
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7 8

	/**
9
	 * The version of the editor.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
10
	 */
11
	export const version: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
12 13 14 15

	/**
	 * Represents a reference to a command. Provides a title which
	 * will be used to represent a command in the UI and, optionally,
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
16
	 * an array of arguments which will be passed to the command handler
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
17 18 19 20
	 * function when invoked.
	 */
	export interface Command {
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
21
		 * Title of the command, like `save`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
22 23 24 25
		 */
		title: string;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
26
		 * The identifier of the actual command handler.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
27
		 * @see [commands.registerCommand](#commands.registerCommand).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
28 29 30
		 */
		command: string;

31
		/**
N
Nick Schonning 已提交
32
		 * A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI.
33 34 35
		 */
		tooltip?: string;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
36
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
37
		 * Arguments that the command handler should be
A
Alex Dima 已提交
38
		 * invoked with.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
39 40 41 42 43
		 */
		arguments?: any[];
	}

	/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
44
	 * Represents a line of text, such as a line of source code.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
45
	 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
46
	 * TextLine objects are __immutable__. When a [document](#TextDocument) changes,
S
Typo  
Steven Clarke 已提交
47
	 * previously retrieved lines will not represent the latest state.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
48 49 50 51
	 */
	export interface TextLine {

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
52
		 * The zero-based line number.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
53
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
54
		readonly lineNumber: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
55 56

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
57
		 * The text of this line without the line separator characters.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
58
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
59
		readonly text: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
60 61

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
62
		 * The range this line covers without the line separator characters.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
63
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
64
		readonly range: Range;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
65 66

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
67
		 * The range this line covers with the line separator characters.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
68
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
69
		readonly rangeIncludingLineBreak: Range;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
70 71

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
72
		 * The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as defined
73
		 * by `/\s/`. **Note** that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
74
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
75
		readonly firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
76 77 78

		/**
		 * Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthand
79
		 * for [TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex](#TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex) === [TextLine.text.length](#TextLine.text).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
80
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
81
		readonly isEmptyOrWhitespace: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a text document, such as a source file. Text documents have
	 * [lines](#TextLine) and knowledge about an underlying resource like a file.
	 */
	export interface TextDocument {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
91 92 93 94 95 96 97
		 * The associated uri for this document.
		 *
		 * *Note* that most documents use the `file`-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, **not** all documents are
		 * saved on disk and therefore the `scheme` must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.
		 *
		 * @see [FileSystemProvider](#FileSystemProvider)
		 * @see [TextDocumentContentProvider](#TextDocumentContentProvider)
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
98
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
99
		readonly uri: Uri;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
100 101

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
102
		 * The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthand
103
		 * notation for [TextDocument.uri.fsPath](#TextDocument.uri). Independent of the uri scheme.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
104
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
105
		readonly fileName: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
106 107

		/**
108 109 110
		 * Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet. *Note* that
		 * this does not mean the document will be saved to disk, use [`uri.scheme`](#Uri.scheme)
		 * to figure out where a document will be [saved](#FileSystemProvider), e.g. `file`, `ftp` etc.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
111
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
112
		readonly isUntitled: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
113 114

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
115
		 * The identifier of the language associated with this document.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
116
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
117
		readonly languageId: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
118 119 120 121 122

		/**
		 * The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after each
		 * change, including undo/redo).
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
123
		readonly version: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
124 125

		/**
126
		 * `true` if there are unpersisted changes.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
127
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
128
		readonly isDirty: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
129

130 131 132 133 134 135
		/**
		 * `true` if the document have been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymore
		 * and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.
		 */
		readonly isClosed: boolean;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
136 137 138 139
		/**
		 * Save the underlying file.
		 *
		 * @return A promise that will resolve to true when the file
140 141
		 * has been saved. If the file was not dirty or the save failed,
		 * will return false.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
142 143 144
		 */
		save(): Thenable<boolean>;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
145 146 147 148 149 150
		/**
		 * The [end of line](#EndOfLine) sequence that is predominately
		 * used in this document.
		 */
		readonly eol: EndOfLine;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
151 152 153
		/**
		 * The number of lines in this document.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
154
		readonly lineCount: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
155 156 157 158 159 160

		/**
		 * Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Note
		 * that the returned object is *not* live and changes to the
		 * document are not reflected.
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
161 162
		 * @param line A line number in [0, lineCount).
		 * @return A [line](#TextLine).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
		 */
		lineAt(line: number): TextLine;

		/**
		 * Returns a text line denoted by the position. Note
		 * that the returned object is *not* live and changes to the
		 * document are not reflected.
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
171 172
		 * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition).
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
173
		 * @see [TextDocument.lineAt](#TextDocument.lineAt)
A
Alex Dima 已提交
174 175
		 * @param position A position.
		 * @return A [line](#TextLine).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
176 177 178 179 180
		 */
		lineAt(position: Position): TextLine;

		/**
		 * Converts the position to a zero-based offset.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
181 182 183 184 185
		 *
		 * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition).
		 *
		 * @param position A position.
		 * @return A valid zero-based offset.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
186 187 188 189 190
		 */
		offsetAt(position: Position): number;

		/**
		 * Converts a zero-based offset to a position.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
191 192 193
		 *
		 * @param offset A zero-based offset.
		 * @return A valid [position](#Position).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
194 195 196 197
		 */
		positionAt(offset: number): Position;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
198 199 200 201
		 * Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providing
		 * a range. The range will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validateRange).
		 *
		 * @param range Include only the text included by the range.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
202
		 * @return The text inside the provided range or the entire text.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
203 204 205 206
		 */
		getText(range?: Range): string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
207
		 * Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined by
208
		 * common separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom
209
		 * [word definitions](#LanguageConfiguration.wordPattern) can be defined. It
210 211 212 213 214 215 216
		 * is also possible to provide a custom regular expression.
		 *
		 * * *Note 1:* A custom regular expression must not match the empty string and
		 * if it does, it will be ignored.
		 * * *Note 2:* A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline strings
		 * and in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words with
		 * spaces. Use [`TextLine.text`](#TextLine.text) for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
217
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
218 219
		 * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition).
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
220
		 * @param position A position.
221
		 * @param regex Optional regular expression that describes what a word is.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
222
		 * @return A range spanning a word, or `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
223
		 */
224
		getWordRangeAtPosition(position: Position, regex?: RegExp): Range | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
225 226

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
227 228 229 230
		 * Ensure a range is completely contained in this document.
		 *
		 * @param range A range.
		 * @return The given range or a new, adjusted range.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
231 232 233 234
		 */
		validateRange(range: Range): Range;

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
235
		 * Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
236 237 238
		 *
		 * @param position A position.
		 * @return The given position or a new, adjusted position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
239 240 241 242 243 244
		 */
		validatePosition(position: Position): Position;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a line and character position, such as
A
Alex Dima 已提交
245
	 * the position of the cursor.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
	 *
	 * Position objects are __immutable__. Use the [with](#Position.with) or
	 * [translate](#Position.translate) methods to derive new positions
	 * from an existing position.
	 */
	export class Position {

		/**
		 * The zero-based line value.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
256
		readonly line: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
257 258 259 260

		/**
		 * The zero-based character value.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
261
		readonly character: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
262 263

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
264 265
		 * @param line A zero-based line value.
		 * @param character A zero-based character value.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
266 267 268 269
		 */
		constructor(line: number, character: number);

		/**
270
		 * Check if this position is before `other`.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
271 272
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
273
		 * @return `true` if position is on a smaller line
A
Alex Dima 已提交
274
		 * or on the same line on a smaller character.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
275 276 277 278
		 */
		isBefore(other: Position): boolean;

		/**
279
		 * Check if this position is before or equal to `other`.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
280 281 282 283
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
		 * @return `true` if position is on a smaller line
		 * or on the same line on a smaller or equal character.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
284 285 286 287
		 */
		isBeforeOrEqual(other: Position): boolean;

		/**
288
		 * Check if this position is after `other`.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
289 290
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
291
		 * @return `true` if position is on a greater line
A
Alex Dima 已提交
292
		 * or on the same line on a greater character.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
293 294 295 296
		 */
		isAfter(other: Position): boolean;

		/**
297
		 * Check if this position is after or equal to `other`.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
298 299 300 301
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
		 * @return `true` if position is on a greater line
		 * or on the same line on a greater or equal character.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
302 303 304 305
		 */
		isAfterOrEqual(other: Position): boolean;

		/**
M
Mathieu Bruguier 已提交
306
		 * Check if this position is equal to `other`.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
307 308
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
309 310 311 312 313 314
		 * @return `true` if the line and character of the given position are equal to
		 * the line and character of this position.
		 */
		isEqual(other: Position): boolean;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
315 316 317 318 319
		 * Compare this to `other`.
		 *
		 * @param other A position.
		 * @return A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position,
		 * a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero when
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
320 321 322 323 324
		 * this and the given position are equal.
		 */
		compareTo(other: Position): number;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
325
		 * Create a new position relative to this position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333
		 *
		 * @param lineDelta Delta value for the line value, default is `0`.
		 * @param characterDelta Delta value for the character value, default is `0`.
		 * @return A position which line and character is the sum of the current line and
		 * character and the corresponding deltas.
		 */
		translate(lineDelta?: number, characterDelta?: number): Position;

334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342
		/**
		 * Derived a new position relative to this position.
		 *
		 * @param change An object that describes a delta to this position.
		 * @return A position that reflects the given delta. Will return `this` position if the change
		 * is not changing anything.
		 */
		translate(change: { lineDelta?: number; characterDelta?: number; }): Position;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
343
		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
344 345
		 * Create a new position derived from this position.
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
346 347
		 * @param line Value that should be used as line value, default is the [existing value](#Position.line)
		 * @param character Value that should be used as character value, default is the [existing value](#Position.character)
A
Alex Dima 已提交
348
		 * @return A position where line and character are replaced by the given values.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
349 350
		 */
		with(line?: number, character?: number): Position;
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359

		/**
		 * Derived a new position from this position.
		 *
		 * @param change An object that describes a change to this position.
		 * @return A position that reflects the given change. Will return `this` position if the change
		 * is not changing anything.
		 */
		with(change: { line?: number; character?: number; }): Position;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
360 361 362 363
	}

	/**
	 * A range represents an ordered pair of two positions.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
364
	 * It is guaranteed that [start](#Range.start).isBeforeOrEqual([end](#Range.end))
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372
	 *
	 * Range objects are __immutable__. Use the [with](#Range.with),
	 * [intersection](#Range.intersection), or [union](#Range.union) methods
	 * to derive new ranges from an existing range.
	 */
	export class Range {

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
373
		 * The start position. It is before or equal to [end](#Range.end).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
374
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
375
		readonly start: Position;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
376 377

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
378
		 * The end position. It is after or equal to [start](#Range.start).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
379
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
380
		readonly end: Position;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
381 382

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
383
		 * Create a new range from two positions. If `start` is not
A
Alex Dima 已提交
384
		 * before or equal to `end`, the values will be swapped.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
385
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
386 387
		 * @param start A position.
		 * @param end A position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
388 389 390 391
		 */
		constructor(start: Position, end: Position);

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
392 393
		 * Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent of
		 * using `new Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))`
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
394
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
395 396 397 398
		 * @param startLine A zero-based line value.
		 * @param startCharacter A zero-based character value.
		 * @param endLine A zero-based line value.
		 * @param endCharacter A zero-based character value.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
399
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
400
		constructor(startLine: number, startCharacter: number, endLine: number, endCharacter: number);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
401 402

		/**
G
Gama11 已提交
403
		 * `true` if `start` and `end` are equal.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
404 405 406 407
		 */
		isEmpty: boolean;

		/**
G
Gama11 已提交
408
		 * `true` if `start.line` and `end.line` are equal.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
409 410 411 412
		 */
		isSingleLine: boolean;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
413 414 415
		 * Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.
		 *
		 * @param positionOrRange A position or a range.
G
Gama11 已提交
416
		 * @return `true` if the position or range is inside or equal
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
417 418 419 420 421
		 * to this range.
		 */
		contains(positionOrRange: Position | Range): boolean;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
422 423 424
		 * Check if `other` equals this range.
		 *
		 * @param other A range.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
425
		 * @return `true` when start and end are [equal](#Position.isEqual) to
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
426
		 * start and end of this range.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
427 428 429 430
		 */
		isEqual(other: Range): boolean;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
431 432 433 434
		 * Intersect `range` with this range and returns a new range or `undefined`
		 * if the ranges have no overlap.
		 *
		 * @param range A range.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
435 436 437
		 * @return A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Will
		 * return undefined when there is no overlap.
		 */
438
		intersection(range: Range): Range | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
439 440

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
441 442 443
		 * Compute the union of `other` with this range.
		 *
		 * @param other A range.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
444 445 446 447 448
		 * @return A range of smaller start position and the greater end position.
		 */
		union(other: Range): Range;

		/**
449
		 * Derived a new range from this range.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
450
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
451 452 453
		 * @param start A position that should be used as start. The default value is the [current start](#Range.start).
		 * @param end A position that should be used as end. The default value is the [current end](#Range.end).
		 * @return A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.
454
		 * If start and end are not different `this` range will be returned.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
455 456
		 */
		with(start?: Position, end?: Position): Range;
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464

		/**
		 * Derived a new range from this range.
		 *
		 * @param change An object that describes a change to this range.
		 * @return A range that reflects the given change. Will return `this` range if the change
		 * is not changing anything.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
465
		with(change: { start?: Position, end?: Position }): Range;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a text selection in an editor.
	 */
	export class Selection extends Range {

		/**
		 * The position at which the selection starts.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
475
		 * This position might be before or after [active](#Selection.active).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
476
		 */
A
Alex Dima 已提交
477
		anchor: Position;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
478 479 480

		/**
		 * The position of the cursor.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
481
		 * This position might be before or after [anchor](#Selection.anchor).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
482
		 */
A
Alex Dima 已提交
483
		active: Position;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
484 485

		/**
486
		 * Create a selection from two positions.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
487 488 489
		 *
		 * @param anchor A position.
		 * @param active A position.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
490 491 492 493
		 */
		constructor(anchor: Position, active: Position);

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
494
		 * Create a selection from four coordinates.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
495
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
496 497 498 499
		 * @param anchorLine A zero-based line value.
		 * @param anchorCharacter A zero-based character value.
		 * @param activeLine A zero-based line value.
		 * @param activeCharacter A zero-based character value.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
500
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
501
		constructor(anchorLine: number, anchorCharacter: number, activeLine: number, activeCharacter: number);
A
Alex Dima 已提交
502

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
503
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
504
		 * A selection is reversed if [active](#Selection.active).isBefore([anchor](#Selection.anchor)).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
505 506 507 508
		 */
		isReversed: boolean;
	}

509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526
	/**
	 * Represents sources that can cause [selection change events](#window.onDidChangeTextEditorSelection).
	*/
	export enum TextEditorSelectionChangeKind {
		/**
		 * Selection changed due to typing in the editor.
		 */
		Keyboard = 1,
		/**
		 * Selection change due to clicking in the editor.
		 */
		Mouse = 2,
		/**
		 * Selection changed because a command ran.
		 */
		Command = 3
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
527 528 529
	/**
	 * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's selections](#TextEditor.selections).
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
530
	export interface TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
531 532 533
		/**
		 * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the selections have changed.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
534
		textEditor: TextEditor;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
535 536 537
		/**
		 * The new value for the [text editor's selections](#TextEditor.selections).
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
538
		selections: Selection[];
539 540 541 542 543
		/**
		 * The [change kind](#TextEditorSelectionChangeKind) which has triggered this
		 * event. Can be `undefined`.
		 */
		kind?: TextEditorSelectionChangeKind;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
544 545
	}

546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559
	/**
	 * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's visible ranges](#TextEditor.visibleRanges).
	 */
	export interface TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent {
		/**
		 * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the visible ranges have changed.
		 */
		textEditor: TextEditor;
		/**
		 * The new value for the [text editor's visible ranges](#TextEditor.visibleRanges).
		 */
		visibleRanges: Range[];
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
560 561 562
	/**
	 * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's options](#TextEditor.options).
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
563
	export interface TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
564 565 566
		/**
		 * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the options have changed.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
567
		textEditor: TextEditor;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
568 569 570
		/**
		 * The new value for the [text editor's options](#TextEditor.options).
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
571 572 573
		options: TextEditorOptions;
	}

574 575 576 577 578
	/**
	 * Represents an event describing the change of a [text editor's view column](#TextEditor.viewColumn).
	 */
	export interface TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent {
		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
579
		 * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the view column has changed.
580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587
		 */
		textEditor: TextEditor;
		/**
		 * The new value for the [text editor's view column](#TextEditor.viewColumn).
		 */
		viewColumn: ViewColumn;
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
588 589 590 591 592
	/**
	 * Rendering style of the cursor.
	 */
	export enum TextEditorCursorStyle {
		/**
593
		 * Render the cursor as a vertical thick line.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
594 595 596
		 */
		Line = 1,
		/**
597
		 * Render the cursor as a block filled.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
598
		 */
A
Alex Dima 已提交
599 600
		Block = 2,
		/**
601
		 * Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
602
		 */
603
		Underline = 3,
604
		/**
605
		 * Render the cursor as a vertical thin line.
606
		 */
607
		LineThin = 4,
608
		/**
609
		 * Render the cursor as a block outlined.
610
		 */
611
		BlockOutline = 5,
612 613 614 615
		/**
		 * Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line.
		 */
		UnderlineThin = 6
A
Alex Dima 已提交
616 617
	}

618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635
	/**
	 * Rendering style of the line numbers.
	 */
	export enum TextEditorLineNumbersStyle {
		/**
		 * Do not render the line numbers.
		 */
		Off = 0,
		/**
		 * Render the line numbers.
		 */
		On = 1,
		/**
		 * Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location.
		 */
		Relative = 2
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
636
	/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
637
	 * Represents a [text editor](#TextEditor)'s [options](#TextEditor.options).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
638 639 640 641
	 */
	export interface TextEditorOptions {

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
642 643
		 * The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes:
		 *  - the rendering width of a tab character;
644
		 *  - the number of spaces to insert when [insertSpaces](#TextEditorOptions.insertSpaces) is true.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
645
		 *
646 647
		 * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).
		 * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or `"auto"`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
648
		 */
649
		tabSize?: number | string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
650 651 652

		/**
		 * When pressing Tab insert [n](#TextEditorOptions.tabSize) spaces.
653 654
		 * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved).
		 * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or `"auto"`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
655
		 */
656
		insertSpaces?: boolean | string;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
657 658 659 660 661 662 663

		/**
		 * The rendering style of the cursor in this editor.
		 * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present.
		 * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
		 */
		cursorStyle?: TextEditorCursorStyle;
664 665 666 667 668 669

		/**
		 * Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number.
		 * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present.
		 * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
		 */
670
		lineNumbers?: TextEditorLineNumbersStyle;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
671 672
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
673
	/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
674 675
	 * Represents a handle to a set of decorations
	 * sharing the same [styling options](#DecorationRenderOptions) in a [text editor](#TextEditor).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
676 677 678 679
	 *
	 * To get an instance of a `TextEditorDecorationType` use
	 * [createTextEditorDecorationType](#window.createTextEditorDecorationType).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
680 681 682
	export interface TextEditorDecorationType {

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
683
		 * Internal representation of the handle.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
684
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
685
		readonly key: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
686

A
Alex Dima 已提交
687 688 689
		/**
		 * Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
690 691 692
		dispose(): void;
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
693 694 695
	/**
	 * Represents different [reveal](#TextEditor.revealRange) strategies in a text editor.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
696
	export enum TextEditorRevealType {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
697 698 699
		/**
		 * The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
		 */
700
		Default = 0,
A
Alex Dima 已提交
701 702 703
		/**
		 * The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.
		 */
704
		InCenter = 1,
A
Alex Dima 已提交
705 706 707 708
		/**
		 * If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport.
		 * Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
		 */
709 710 711 712 713
		InCenterIfOutsideViewport = 2,
		/**
		 * The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.
		 */
		AtTop = 3
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
714 715
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
716
	/**
S
Sofian Hnaide 已提交
717
	 * Represents different positions for rendering a decoration in an [overview ruler](#DecorationRenderOptions.overviewRulerLane).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
718 719
	 * The overview ruler supports three lanes.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
720 721 722 723 724 725 726
	export enum OverviewRulerLane {
		Left = 1,
		Center = 2,
		Right = 4,
		Full = 7
	}

727
	/**
728
	 * Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing at their edges.
729
	 */
730
	export enum DecorationRangeBehavior {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746
		/**
		 * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end.
		 */
		OpenOpen = 0,
		/**
		 * The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start of end.
		 */
		ClosedClosed = 1,
		/**
		 * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end.
		 */
		OpenClosed = 2,
		/**
		 * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start.
		 */
		ClosedOpen = 3
747 748
	}

749 750 751
	/**
	 * Represents options to configure the behavior of showing a [document](#TextDocument) in an [editor](#TextEditor).
	 */
752
	export interface TextDocumentShowOptions {
753
		/**
754
		 * An optional view column in which the [editor](#TextEditor) should be shown.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
755
		 * The default is the [active](#ViewColumn.Active), other values are adjusted to
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
756
		 * be `Min(column, columnCount + 1)`, the [active](#ViewColumn.Active)-column is
757 758
		 * not adjusted. Use [`ViewColumn.Beside`](#ViewColumn.Beside) to open the
		 * editor to the side of the currently active one.
759
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
760
		viewColumn?: ViewColumn;
761 762 763 764

		/**
		 * An optional flag that when `true` will stop the [editor](#TextEditor) from taking focus.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
765
		preserveFocus?: boolean;
766 767

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
768 769
		 * An optional flag that controls if an [editor](#TextEditor)-tab will be replaced
		 * with the next editor or if it will be kept.
770
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
771
		preview?: boolean;
772 773 774 775 776

		/**
		 * An optional selection to apply for the document in the [editor](#TextEditor).
		 */
		selection?: Range;
777 778
	}

779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791
	/**
	 * A reference to one of the workbench colors as defined in https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference.
	 * Using a theme color is preferred over a custom color as it gives theme authors and users the possibility to change the color.
	 */
	export class ThemeColor {

		/**
		 * Creates a reference to a theme color.
		 * @param id of the color. The available colors are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference.
		 */
		constructor(id: string);
	}

792
	/**
793 794
	 * A reference to a named icon. Currently only [File](#ThemeIcon.File) and [Folder](#ThemeIcon.Folder) are supported.
	 * Using a theme icon is preferred over a custom icon as it gives theme authors the possibility to change the icons.
795 796 797
	 */
	export class ThemeIcon {
		/**
798
		 * Reference to a icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon.
799 800 801 802
		 */
		static readonly File: ThemeIcon;

		/**
803
		 * Reference to a icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon.
804 805 806 807 808 809
		 */
		static readonly Folder: ThemeIcon;

		private constructor(id: string);
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
810 811 812
	/**
	 * Represents theme specific rendering styles for a [text editor decoration](#TextEditorDecorationType).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
813 814 815
	export interface ThemableDecorationRenderOptions {
		/**
		 * Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations.
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
816
		 * Alternatively a color from the color registry can be [referenced](#ThemeColor).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
817
		 */
818
		backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
819 820 821 822

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
823 824 825 826 827 828
		outline?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
		 */
829
		outlineColor?: string | ThemeColor;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
830 831 832

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
833
		 * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
834 835 836 837 838
		 */
		outlineStyle?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
839
		 * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
840 841 842 843 844 845
		 */
		outlineWidth?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
846 847 848 849 850 851
		border?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
		 */
852
		borderColor?: string | ThemeColor;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
853 854 855

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
856
		 * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
857 858 859 860 861
		 */
		borderRadius?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
862
		 * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
863 864 865 866 867
		 */
		borderSpacing?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
868
		 * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
869 870 871 872 873
		 */
		borderStyle?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
874
		 * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
875 876 877
		 */
		borderWidth?: string;

878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		fontStyle?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		fontWeight?: string;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		textDecoration?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		cursor?: string;

		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
901
		color?: string | ThemeColor;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
902

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
903 904 905 906 907
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		opacity?: string;

908 909 910 911 912
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		letterSpacing?: string;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
913
		/**
914
		 * An **absolute path** or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
915
		 */
916
		gutterIconPath?: string | Uri;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
917

918 919 920 921 922 923 924
		/**
		 * Specifies the size of the gutter icon.
		 * Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value.
		 * For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx
		 */
		gutterIconSize?: string;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
925 926 927
		/**
		 * The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.
		 */
928
		overviewRulerColor?: string | ThemeColor;
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
929 930

		/**
931
		 * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
932 933 934 935
		 */
		before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions;

		/**
936
		 * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
937 938 939 940 941
		 */
		after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions;
	}

	export interface ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions {
942 943 944 945 946
		/**
		 * Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.
		 */
		contentText?: string;
		/**
947 948
		 * An **absolute path** or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an icon
		 * or a text can be shown, but not both.
949
		 */
950
		contentIconPath?: string | Uri;
951 952 953 954
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
		border?: string;
955 956 957 958
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
		 */
		borderColor?: string | ThemeColor;
959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
		fontStyle?: string;
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
		fontWeight?: string;
967 968 969
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
970
		textDecoration?: string;
971 972 973
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
974
		color?: string | ThemeColor;
975 976 977
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
978
		backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor;
979 980 981
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
982
		margin?: string;
983 984 985
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
986
		width?: string;
987 988 989
		/**
		 * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
		 */
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
990
		height?: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
991 992
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
993 994 995
	/**
	 * Represents rendering styles for a [text editor decoration](#TextEditorDecorationType).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002
	export interface DecorationRenderOptions extends ThemableDecorationRenderOptions {
		/**
		 * Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text.
		 * Defaults to `false`.
		 */
		isWholeLine?: boolean;

1003
		/**
1004 1005
		 * Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range.
		 * Defaults to `DecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen`.
1006
		 */
1007
		rangeBehavior?: DecorationRangeBehavior;
1008

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024
		/**
		 * The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered.
		 */
		overviewRulerLane?: OverviewRulerLane;

		/**
		 * Overwrite options for light themes.
		 */
		light?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions;

		/**
		 * Overwrite options for dark themes.
		 */
		dark?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions;
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
1025 1026 1027
	/**
	 * Represents options for a specific decoration in a [decoration set](#TextEditorDecorationType).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1028 1029 1030
	export interface DecorationOptions {

		/**
1031
		 * Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
		 * A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration.
		 */
1038
		hoverMessage?: MarkedString | MarkedString[];
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1039 1040 1041

		/**
		 * Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep the
1042
		 * number of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible.
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048
		 */
		renderOptions?: DecorationInstanceRenderOptions;
	}

	export interface ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions {
		/**
1049
		 * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1050
		 */
1051
		before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions;
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1052 1053

		/**
1054
		 * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1055
		 */
1056
		after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions;
M
Martin Aeschlimann 已提交
1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067
	}

	export interface DecorationInstanceRenderOptions extends ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions {
		/**
		 * Overwrite options for light themes.
		 */
		light?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions;

		/**
		 * Overwrite options for dark themes.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1068
		dark?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1069 1070
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
1071 1072 1073
	/**
	 * Represents an editor that is attached to a [document](#TextDocument).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1074 1075 1076 1077 1078
	export interface TextEditor {

		/**
		 * The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor.
		 */
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1079
		readonly document: TextDocument;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1080 1081

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1082
		 * The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand for `TextEditor.selections[0]`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1083 1084 1085 1086
		 */
		selection: Selection;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1087
		 * The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1088 1089 1090
		 */
		selections: Selection[];

1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096
		/**
		 * The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).
		 * This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling.
		 */
		readonly visibleRanges: Range[];

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101
		/**
		 * Text editor options.
		 */
		options: TextEditorOptions;

1102 1103
		/**
		 * The column in which this editor shows. Will be `undefined` in case this
1104
		 * isn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editor
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1105
		 * column is larger than three.
1106
		 */
1107
		viewColumn?: ViewColumn;
1108

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1109 1110
		/**
		 * Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1111 1112
		 *
		 * The given callback-function is invoked with an [edit-builder](#TextEditorEdit) which must
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1113
		 * be used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1114 1115
		 * callback executes.
		 *
1116
		 * @param callback A function which can create edits using an [edit-builder](#TextEditorEdit).
1117
		 * @param options The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1118
		 * @return A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1119
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1120
		edit(callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void, options?: { undoStopBefore: boolean; undoStopAfter: boolean; }): Thenable<boolean>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1121

J
Joel Day 已提交
1122
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1123
		 * Insert a [snippet](#SnippetString) and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode"
1124
		 * means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can complete
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1125
		 * or accept the snippet.
J
Joel Day 已提交
1126
		 *
1127
		 * @param snippet The snippet to insert in this edit.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1128
		 * @param location Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections.
1129
		 * @param options The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1130 1131
		 * @return A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signal
		 * that the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted.
J
Joel Day 已提交
1132
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1133
		insertSnippet(snippet: SnippetString, location?: Position | Range | Position[] | Range[], options?: { undoStopBefore: boolean; undoStopAfter: boolean; }): Thenable<boolean>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1134 1135

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1136 1137 1138
		 * Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists with
		 * the given [decoration type](#TextEditorDecorationType), they will be replaced.
		 *
S
Sofian Hnaide 已提交
1139
		 * @see [createTextEditorDecorationType](#window.createTextEditorDecorationType).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1140
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1141 1142
		 * @param decorationType A decoration type.
		 * @param rangesOrOptions Either [ranges](#Range) or more detailed [options](#DecorationOptions).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1143
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1144
		setDecorations(decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType, rangesOrOptions: Range[] | DecorationOptions[]): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1145 1146

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1147 1148 1149 1150
		 * Scroll as indicated by `revealType` in order to reveal the given range.
		 *
		 * @param range A range.
		 * @param revealType The scrolling strategy for revealing `range`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1151 1152 1153 1154
		 */
		revealRange(range: Range, revealType?: TextEditorRevealType): void;

		/**
1155
		 * ~~Show the text editor.~~
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1156
		 *
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1157
		 * @deprecated Use [window.showTextDocument](#window.showTextDocument) instead.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1158
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1159
		 * @param column The [column](#ViewColumn) in which to show this editor.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1160
		 * This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1161 1162 1163 1164
		 */
		show(column?: ViewColumn): void;

		/**
1165
		 * ~~Hide the text editor.~~
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1166
		 *
1167
		 * @deprecated Use the command `workbench.action.closeActiveEditor` instead.
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
1168
		 * This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1169 1170 1171 1172
		 */
		hide(): void;
	}

1173
	/**
1174
	 * Represents an end of line character sequence in a [document](#TextDocument).
1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186
	 */
	export enum EndOfLine {
		/**
		 * The line feed `\n` character.
		 */
		LF = 1,
		/**
		 * The carriage return line feed `\r\n` sequence.
		 */
		CRLF = 2
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1187
	/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1188 1189
	 * A complex edit that will be applied in one transaction on a TextEditor.
	 * This holds a description of the edits and if the edits are valid (i.e. no overlapping regions, document was not changed in the meantime, etc.)
1190
	 * they can be applied on a [document](#TextDocument) associated with a [text editor](#TextEditor).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1191 1192 1193 1194
	 *
	 */
	export interface TextEditorEdit {
		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1195
		 * Replace a certain text region with a new value.
1196
		 * You can use \r\n or \n in `value` and they will be normalized to the current [document](#TextDocument).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1197 1198 1199
		 *
		 * @param location The range this operation should remove.
		 * @param value The new text this operation should insert after removing `location`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1200 1201 1202 1203
		 */
		replace(location: Position | Range | Selection, value: string): void;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1204
		 * Insert text at a location.
1205
		 * You can use \r\n or \n in `value` and they will be normalized to the current [document](#TextDocument).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1206 1207 1208 1209
		 * Although the equivalent text edit can be made with [replace](#TextEditorEdit.replace), `insert` will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved).
		 *
		 * @param location The position where the new text should be inserted.
		 * @param value The new text this operation should insert.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1210 1211 1212 1213 1214
		 */
		insert(location: Position, value: string): void;

		/**
		 * Delete a certain text region.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1215 1216
		 *
		 * @param location The range this operation should remove.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1217 1218
		 */
		delete(location: Range | Selection): void;
1219 1220 1221 1222

		/**
		 * Set the end of line sequence.
		 *
1223
		 * @param endOfLine The new end of line for the [document](#TextDocument).
1224
		 */
A
Format  
Alex Dima 已提交
1225
		setEndOfLine(endOfLine: EndOfLine): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1226 1227 1228
	}

	/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
1229
	 * A universal resource identifier representing either a file on disk
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1230
	 * or another resource, like untitled resources.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1231 1232 1233 1234
	 */
	export class Uri {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1235 1236
		 * Create an URI from a string, e.g. `http://www.msft.com/some/path`,
		 * `file:///usr/home`, or `scheme:with/path`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1237
		 *
1238 1239 1240 1241
		 * *Note* that for a while uris without a `scheme` were accepted. That is not correct
		 * as all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optional
		 * `strict`-argument has been added. We *strongly* advise to use it, e.g. `Uri.parse('my:uri', true)`
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1242 1243
		 * @see [Uri.toString](#Uri.toString)
		 * @param value The string value of an Uri.
1244
		 * @param strict Throw an error when `value` is empty or when no `scheme` can be parsed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1245
		 * @return A new Uri instance.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1246
		 */
1247
		static parse(value: string, strict?: boolean): Uri;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1248 1249

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1250 1251
		 * Create an URI from a file system path. The [scheme](#Uri.scheme)
		 * will be `file`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1252
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269
		 * The *difference* between `Uri#parse` and `Uri#file` is that the latter treats the argument
		 * as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. `Uri.file(path)` is *not* the same as
		 * `Uri.parse('file://' + path)` because the path might contain characters that are
		 * interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:
		 * ```ts
		const good = URI.file('/coding/c#/project1');
		good.scheme === 'file';
		good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
		good.fragment === '';

		const bad = URI.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
		bad.scheme === 'file';
		bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
		bad.fragment === '/project1';
		```
		 *
		 * @param path A file system or UNC path.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1270
		 * @return A new Uri instance.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1271
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1272
		static file(path: string): Uri;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1273

1274 1275 1276 1277 1278
		/**
		 * Use the `file` and `parse` factory functions to create new `Uri` objects.
		 */
		private constructor(scheme: string, authority: string, path: string, query: string, fragment: string);

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1279
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1280
		 * Scheme is the `http` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1281 1282
		 * The part before the first colon.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1283
		readonly scheme: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1284 1285

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1286
		 * Authority is the `www.msft.com` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1287 1288
		 * The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1289
		readonly authority: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1290 1291

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1292
		 * Path is the `/some/path` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1293
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1294
		readonly path: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1295 1296

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1297
		 * Query is the `query` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1298
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1299
		readonly query: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1300 1301

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1302
		 * Fragment is the `fragment` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1303
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1304
		readonly fragment: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1305 1306

		/**
1307
		 * The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1308
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1309
		 * Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Also
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324
		 * uses the platform specific path separator.
		 *
		 * * Will *not* validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
		 * * Will *not* look at the scheme of this Uri.
		 * * The resulting string shall *not* be used for display purposes but
		 * for disk operations, like `readFile` et al.
		 *
		 * The *difference* to the [`path`](#Uri.path)-property is the use of the platform specific
		 * path separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference:
		 * ```ts
		const u = URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt')
		u.authority === 'server'
		u.path === '/shares/c$/file.txt'
		u.fsPath === '\\server\c$\folder\file.txt'
		```
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1325
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1326
		readonly fsPath: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1327

1328 1329 1330
		/**
		 * Derive a new Uri from this Uri.
		 *
1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336
		 * ```ts
		 * let file = Uri.parse('before:some/file/path');
		 * let other = file.with({ scheme: 'after' });
		 * assert.ok(other.toString() === 'after:some/file/path');
		 * ```
		 *
1337 1338
		 * @param change An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components use `null` or
		 *  the empty string.
1339
		 * @return A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will return `this` Uri if the change
1340 1341 1342 1343
		 *  is not changing anything.
		 */
		with(change: { scheme?: string; authority?: string; path?: string; query?: string; fragment?: string }): Uri;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1344
		/**
1345
		 * Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalization
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1346 1347 1348 1349
		 * of a URI depends on the scheme.
		 *
		 * * The resulting string can be safely used with [Uri.parse](#Uri.parse).
		 * * The resulting string shall *not* be used for display purposes.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1350
		 *
1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356
		 * *Note* that the implementation will encode _aggressive_ which often leads to unexpected,
		 * but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to `%3A` which might be unexpected
		 * in file-uri. Also `&` and `=` will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stability
		 * reasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should use
		 * the `skipEncoding`-argument: `uri.toString(true)`.
		 *
1357
		 * @param skipEncoding Do not percentage-encode the result, defaults to `false`. Note that
1358
		 *	the `#` and `?` characters occurring in the path will always be encoded.
1359
		 * @returns A string representation of this Uri.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1360
		 */
1361
		toString(skipEncoding?: boolean): string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1362

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1363 1364 1365 1366 1367
		/**
		 * Returns a JSON representation of this Uri.
		 *
		 * @return An object.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1368 1369 1370 1371
		toJSON(): any;
	}

	/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
1372
	 * A cancellation token is passed to an asynchronous or long running
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1373 1374
	 * operation to request cancellation, like cancelling a request
	 * for completion items because the user continued to type.
1375 1376 1377
	 *
	 * To get an instance of a `CancellationToken` use a
	 * [CancellationTokenSource](#CancellationTokenSource).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1378 1379 1380 1381
	 */
	export interface CancellationToken {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1382
		 * Is `true` when the token has been cancelled, `false` otherwise.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1383 1384 1385 1386
		 */
		isCancellationRequested: boolean;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1387
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires upon cancellation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1388 1389 1390 1391 1392
		 */
		onCancellationRequested: Event<any>;
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1393
	 * A cancellation source creates and controls a [cancellation token](#CancellationToken).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1394 1395 1396 1397
	 */
	export class CancellationTokenSource {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1398
		 * The cancellation token of this source.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407
		 */
		token: CancellationToken;

		/**
		 * Signal cancellation on the token.
		 */
		cancel(): void;

		/**
1408
		 * Dispose object and free resources.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a type which can release resources, such
	 * as event listening or a timer.
	 */
	export class Disposable {

		/**
		 * Combine many disposable-likes into one. Use this method
		 * when having objects with a dispose function which are not
		 * instances of Disposable.
		 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
1424
		 * @param disposableLikes Objects that have at least a `dispose`-function member.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432
		 * @return Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, will
		 * dispose all provided disposables.
		 */
		static from(...disposableLikes: { dispose: () => any }[]): Disposable;

		/**
		 * Creates a new Disposable calling the provided function
		 * on dispose.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1433
		 * @param callOnDispose Function that disposes something.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444
		 */
		constructor(callOnDispose: Function);

		/**
		 * Dispose this object.
		 */
		dispose(): any;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a typed event.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1445 1446 1447 1448 1449
	 *
	 * A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with
	 * a listener function as argument.
	 *
	 * @sample `item.onDidChange(function(event) { console.log("Event happened: " + event); });`
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1450 1451 1452 1453
	 */
	export interface Event<T> {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1454 1455
		 * A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with
		 * a listener function as argument.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1456 1457
		 *
		 * @param listener The listener function will be called when the event happens.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1458
		 * @param thisArgs The `this`-argument which will be used when calling the event listener.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
1459
		 * @param disposables An array to which a [disposable](#Disposable) will be added.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1460
		 * @return A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1461 1462 1463 1464
		 */
		(listener: (e: T) => any, thisArgs?: any, disposables?: Disposable[]): Disposable;
	}

1465 1466 1467 1468 1469
	/**
	 * An event emitter can be used to create and manage an [event](#Event) for others
	 * to subscribe to. One emitter always owns one event.
	 *
	 * Use this class if you want to provide event from within your extension, for instance
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1470
	 * inside a [TextDocumentContentProvider](#TextDocumentContentProvider) or when providing
1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480
	 * API to other extensions.
	 */
	export class EventEmitter<T> {

		/**
		 * The event listeners can subscribe to.
		 */
		event: Event<T>;

		/**
M
Matthew J. Clemente 已提交
1481
		 * Notify all subscribers of the [event](#EventEmitter.event). Failure
1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493
		 * of one or more listener will not fail this function call.
		 *
		 * @param data The event object.
		 */
		fire(data?: T): void;

		/**
		 * Dispose this object and free resources.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1494 1495
	/**
	 * A file system watcher notifies about changes to files and folders
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1496 1497 1498
	 * on disk.
	 *
	 * To get an instance of a `FileSystemWatcher` use
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1499
	 * [createFileSystemWatcher](#workspace.createFileSystemWatcher).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518
	 */
	export interface FileSystemWatcher extends Disposable {

		/**
		 * true if this file system watcher has been created such that
		 * it ignores creation file system events.
		 */
		ignoreCreateEvents: boolean;

		/**
		 * true if this file system watcher has been created such that
		 * it ignores change file system events.
		 */
		ignoreChangeEvents: boolean;

		/**
		 * true if this file system watcher has been created such that
		 * it ignores delete file system events.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1519
		ignoreDeleteEvents: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536

		/**
		 * An event which fires on file/folder creation.
		 */
		onDidCreate: Event<Uri>;

		/**
		 * An event which fires on file/folder change.
		 */
		onDidChange: Event<Uri>;

		/**
		 * An event which fires on file/folder deletion.
		 */
		onDidDelete: Event<Uri>;
	}

1537 1538 1539 1540
	/**
	 * A text document content provider allows to add readonly documents
	 * to the editor, such as source from a dll or generated html from md.
	 *
1541
	 * Content providers are [registered](#workspace.registerTextDocumentContentProvider)
1542
	 * for a [uri-scheme](#Uri.scheme). When a uri with that scheme is to
1543
	 * be [loaded](#workspace.openTextDocument) the content provider is
1544 1545
	 * asked.
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1546 1547
	export interface TextDocumentContentProvider {

1548 1549 1550 1551
		/**
		 * An event to signal a resource has changed.
		 */
		onDidChange?: Event<Uri>;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1552

1553
		/**
1554
		 * Provide textual content for a given uri.
1555
		 *
1556
		 * The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonly
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1557
		 * [document](#TextDocument). Resources allocated should be released when
1558
		 * the corresponding document has been [closed](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument).
1559
		 *
1560 1561 1562
		 * **Note**: The contents of the created [document](#TextDocument) might not be
		 * identical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization.
		 *
1563 1564 1565
		 * @param uri An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider was [registered](#workspace.registerTextDocumentContentProvider) for.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A string or a thenable that resolves to such.
1566
		 */
1567
		provideTextDocumentContent(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<string>;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1568 1569
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1570 1571
	/**
	 * Represents an item that can be selected from
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1572
	 * a list of items.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1573 1574 1575 1576
	 */
	export interface QuickPickItem {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1577
		 * A human readable string which is rendered prominent.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1578 1579 1580 1581
		 */
		label: string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1582
		 * A human readable string which is rendered less prominent.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1583
		 */
1584
		description?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1585 1586 1587 1588 1589

		/**
		 * A human readable string which is rendered less prominent.
		 */
		detail?: string;
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1590 1591

		/**
1592
		 * Optional flag indicating if this item is picked initially.
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1593 1594
		 * (Only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.)
		 *
1595
		 * @see [QuickPickOptions.canPickMany](#QuickPickOptions.canPickMany)
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1596
		 */
1597
		picked?: boolean;
1598 1599 1600 1601 1602

		/**
		 * Always show this item.
		 */
		alwaysShow?: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1603 1604 1605
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1606
	 * Options to configure the behavior of the quick pick UI.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1607 1608 1609
	 */
	export interface QuickPickOptions {
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1610 1611
		 * An optional flag to include the description when filtering the picks.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1612 1613
		matchOnDescription?: boolean;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1614 1615 1616 1617 1618
		/**
		 * An optional flag to include the detail when filtering the picks.
		 */
		matchOnDetail?: boolean;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1619
		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
1620
		 * An optional string to show as place holder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1621
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1622
		placeHolder?: string;
1623

1624 1625 1626 1627 1628
		/**
		 * Set to `true` to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
		 */
		ignoreFocusOut?: boolean;

C
Christof Marti 已提交
1629
		/**
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1630
		 * An optional flag to make the picker accept multiple selections, if true the result is an array of picks.
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1631
		 */
1632
		canPickMany?: boolean;
C
Christof Marti 已提交
1633

1634 1635 1636
		/**
		 * An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected.
		 */
A
Amadare42 已提交
1637
		onDidSelectItem?(item: QuickPickItem | string): any;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1638 1639
	}

1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655
	/**
	 * Options to configure the behaviour of the [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) pick UI.
	 */
	export interface WorkspaceFolderPickOptions {

		/**
		 * An optional string to show as place holder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
		 */
		placeHolder?: string;

		/**
		 * Set to `true` to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
		 */
		ignoreFocusOut?: boolean;
	}

1656
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1657
	 * Options to configure the behaviour of a file open dialog.
1658 1659 1660
	 *
	 * * Note 1: A dialog can select files, folders, or both. This is not true for Windows
	 * which enforces to open either files or folder, but *not both*.
1661
	 * * Note 2: Explicitly setting `canSelectFiles` and `canSelectFolders` to `false` is futile
1662
	 * and the editor then silently adjusts the options to select files.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1663
	 */
1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675
	export interface OpenDialogOptions {
		/**
		 * The resource the dialog shows when opened.
		 */
		defaultUri?: Uri;

		/**
		 * A human-readable string for the open button.
		 */
		openLabel?: string;

		/**
1676
		 * Allow to select files, defaults to `true`.
1677
		 */
1678
		canSelectFiles?: boolean;
1679 1680

		/**
1681
		 * Allow to select folders, defaults to `false`.
1682
		 */
1683
		canSelectFolders?: boolean;
1684 1685 1686 1687

		/**
		 * Allow to select many files or folders.
		 */
1688
		canSelectMany?: boolean;
1689 1690

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1691 1692
		 * A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human readable label,
		 * like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g.
1693 1694
		 * ```ts
		 * {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1695 1696
		 * 	'Images': ['png', 'jpg']
		 * 	'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
1697 1698 1699
		 * }
		 * ```
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1700
		filters?: { [name: string]: string[] };
1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717
	}

	/**
	 * Options to configure the behaviour of a file save dialog.
	 */
	export interface SaveDialogOptions {
		/**
		 * The resource the dialog shows when opened.
		 */
		defaultUri?: Uri;

		/**
		 * A human-readable string for the save button.
		 */
		saveLabel?: string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1718 1719
		 * A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human readable label,
		 * like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g.
1720 1721
		 * ```ts
		 * {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1722 1723
		 * 	'Images': ['png', 'jpg']
		 * 	'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
1724 1725 1726
		 * }
		 * ```
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1727
		filters?: { [name: string]: string[] };
1728 1729
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1730
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1731
	 * Represents an action that is shown with an information, warning, or
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1732
	 * error message.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1733
	 *
S
Sofian Hnaide 已提交
1734 1735 1736
	 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
	 * @see [showWarningMessage](#window.showWarningMessage)
	 * @see [showErrorMessage](#window.showErrorMessage)
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1737 1738 1739 1740
	 */
	export interface MessageItem {

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1741
		 * A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1742 1743
		 */
		title: string;
1744 1745

		/**
1746 1747 1748 1749 1750
		 * A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggered
		 * when the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESC
		 * key).
		 *
		 * Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages.
1751 1752
		 */
		isCloseAffordance?: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1753 1754
	}

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769
	/**
	 * Options to configure the behavior of the message.
	 *
	 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
	 * @see [showWarningMessage](#window.showWarningMessage)
	 * @see [showErrorMessage](#window.showErrorMessage)
	 */
	export interface MessageOptions {

		/**
		 * Indicates that this message should be modal.
		 */
		modal?: boolean;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1770
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1771
	 * Options to configure the behavior of the input box UI.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1772 1773
	 */
	export interface InputBoxOptions {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1774

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1775
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1776 1777
		 * The value to prefill in the input box.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1778 1779
		value?: string;

1780
		/**
1781 1782 1783 1784
		 * Selection of the prefilled [`value`](#InputBoxOptions.value). Defined as tuple of two number where the
		 * first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When `undefined` the whole
		 * word will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,
		 * otherwise the defined range will be selected.
1785
		 */
1786
		valueSelection?: [number, number];
1787

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1788
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1789 1790
		 * The text to display underneath the input box.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1791 1792 1793
		prompt?: string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1794 1795
		 * An optional string to show as place holder in the input box to guide the user what to type.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1796 1797 1798
		placeHolder?: string;

		/**
1799
		 * Set to `true` to show a password prompt that will not show the typed value.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1800
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1801
		password?: boolean;
1802

1803 1804 1805 1806 1807
		/**
		 * Set to `true` to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
		 */
		ignoreFocusOut?: boolean;

1808
		/**
P
Pine 已提交
1809
		 * An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hint
1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815
		 * to the user.
		 *
		 * @param value The current value of the input box.
		 * @return A human readable string which is presented as diagnostic message.
		 * Return `undefined`, `null`, or the empty string when 'value' is valid.
		 */
1816
		validateInput?(value: string): string | undefined | null | Thenable<string | undefined | null>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1817 1818
	}

B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1819 1820 1821 1822 1823
	/**
	 * A relative pattern is a helper to construct glob patterns that are matched
	 * relatively to a base path. The base path can either be an absolute file path
	 * or a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder).
	 */
1824
	export class RelativePattern {
1825 1826

		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1827
		 * A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839
		 */
		base: string;

		/**
		 * A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths
		 * relative to the base path.
		 *
		 * Example: Given a base of `/home/work/folder` and a file path of `/home/work/folder/index.js`,
		 * the file glob pattern will match on `index.js`.
		 */
		pattern: string;

B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1840
		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1841 1842
		 * Creates a new relative pattern object with a base path and pattern to match. This pattern
		 * will be matched on file paths relative to the base path.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1843
		 *
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1844
		 * @param base A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1845 1846 1847
		 * @param pattern A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths
		 * relative to the base path.
		 */
1848
		constructor(base: WorkspaceFolder | string, pattern: string)
1849 1850 1851 1852
	}

	/**
	 * A file glob pattern to match file paths against. This can either be a glob pattern string
1853
	 * (like `**​/*.{ts,js}` or `*.{ts,js}`) or a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern).
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1854 1855 1856 1857 1858
	 *
	 * Glob patterns can have the following syntax:
	 * * `*` to match one or more characters in a path segment
	 * * `?` to match on one character in a path segment
	 * * `**` to match any number of path segments, including none
1859
	 * * `{}` to group conditions (e.g. `**​/*.{ts,js}` matches all TypeScript and JavaScript files)
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1860 1861
	 * * `[]` to declare a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g., `example.[0-9]` to match on `example.0`, `example.1`, …)
	 * * `[!...]` to negate a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g., `example.[!0-9]` to match on `example.a`, `example.b`, but not `example.0`)
1862 1863 1864 1865 1866
	 *
	 * Note: a backslash (`\`) is not valid within a glob pattern. If you have an existing file
	 * path to match against, consider to use the [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) support
	 * that takes care of converting any backslash into slash. Otherwise, make sure to convert
	 * any backslash to slash when creating the glob pattern.
1867 1868 1869
	 */
	export type GlobPattern = string | RelativePattern;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1870 1871
	/**
	 * A document filter denotes a document by different properties like
A
Alex Dima 已提交
1872
	 * the [language](#TextDocument.languageId), the [scheme](#Uri.scheme) of
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
1873
	 * its resource, or a glob-pattern that is applied to the [path](#TextDocument.fileName).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1874
	 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1875
	 * @sample A language filter that applies to typescript files on disk: `{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }`
1876
	 * @sample A language filter that applies to all package.json paths: `{ language: 'json', scheme: 'untitled', pattern: '**​/package.json' }`
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885
	 */
	export interface DocumentFilter {

		/**
		 * A language id, like `typescript`.
		 */
		language?: string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1886
		 * A Uri [scheme](#Uri.scheme), like `file` or `untitled`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1887 1888 1889 1890
		 */
		scheme?: string;

		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
1891 1892
		 * A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern)
		 * to filter documents to a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1893
		 */
1894
		pattern?: GlobPattern;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1895 1896 1897 1898
	}

	/**
	 * A language selector is the combination of one or many language identifiers
1899
	 * and [language filters](#DocumentFilter).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1900
	 *
1901 1902
	 * *Note* that a document selector that is just a language identifier selects *all*
	 * documents, even those that are not saved on disk. Only use such selectors when
1903
	 * a feature works without further context, e.g. without the need to resolve related
1904 1905 1906
	 * 'files'.
	 *
	 * @sample `let sel:DocumentSelector = { scheme: 'file', language: 'typescript' }`;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1907
	 */
1908
	export type DocumentSelector = DocumentFilter | string | Array<DocumentFilter | string>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
1909

1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915
	/**
	 * A provider result represents the values a provider, like the [`HoverProvider`](#HoverProvider),
	 * may return. For once this is the actual result type `T`, like `Hover`, or a thenable that resolves
	 * to that type `T`. In addition, `null` and `undefined` can be returned - either directly or from a
	 * thenable.
	 *
1916
	 * The snippets below are all valid implementations of the [`HoverProvider`](#HoverProvider):
1917 1918
	 *
	 * ```ts
1919 1920 1921 1922 1923
	 * let a: HoverProvider = {
	 * 	provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
	 * 		return new Hover('Hello World');
	 * 	}
	 * }
1924
	 *
1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931
	 * let b: HoverProvider = {
	 * 	provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
	 * 		return new Promise(resolve => {
	 * 			resolve(new Hover('Hello World'));
	 * 	 	});
	 * 	}
	 * }
1932
	 *
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938
	 * let c: HoverProvider = {
	 * 	provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
	 * 		return; // undefined
	 * 	}
	 * }
	 * ```
1939
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
1940
	export type ProviderResult<T> = T | undefined | null | Thenable<T | undefined | null>;
1941

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1942 1943 1944 1945
	/**
	 * Kind of a code action.
	 *
	 * Kinds are a hierarchical list of identifiers separated by `.`, e.g. `"refactor.extract.function"`.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1946 1947 1948
	 *
	 * Code action kinds are used by VS Code for UI elements such as the refactoring context menu. Users
	 * can also trigger code actions with a specific kind with the `editor.action.codeAction` command.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956
	 */
	export class CodeActionKind {
		/**
		 * Empty kind.
		 */
		static readonly Empty: CodeActionKind;

		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1957 1958 1959
		 * Base kind for quickfix actions: `quickfix`.
		 *
		 * Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1960 1961 1962 1963
		 */
		static readonly QuickFix: CodeActionKind;

		/**
1964
		 * Base kind for refactoring actions: `refactor`
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1965 1966
		 *
		 * Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1967 1968 1969 1970
		 */
		static readonly Refactor: CodeActionKind;

		/**
1971
		 * Base kind for refactoring extraction actions: `refactor.extract`
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
		 *
		 * Example extract actions:
		 *
		 * - Extract method
		 * - Extract function
		 * - Extract variable
		 * - Extract interface from class
		 * - ...
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1980 1981 1982 1983
		 */
		static readonly RefactorExtract: CodeActionKind;

		/**
1984
		 * Base kind for refactoring inline actions: `refactor.inline`
1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
		 *
		 * Example inline actions:
		 *
		 * - Inline function
		 * - Inline variable
		 * - Inline constant
		 * - ...
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
1992 1993 1994 1995
		 */
		static readonly RefactorInline: CodeActionKind;

		/**
1996
		 * Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions: `refactor.rewrite`
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
		 *
		 * Example rewrite actions:
		 *
		 * - Convert JavaScript function to class
		 * - Add or remove parameter
		 * - Encapsulate field
		 * - Make method static
		 * - Move method to base class
		 * - ...
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2006 2007 2008
		 */
		static readonly RefactorRewrite: CodeActionKind;

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2009
		/**
2010
		 * Base kind for source actions: `source`
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2011
		 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2012 2013
		 * Source code actions apply to the entire file and can be run on save
		 * using `editor.codeActionsOnSave`. They also are shown in `source` context menu.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2014 2015 2016
		 */
		static readonly Source: CodeActionKind;

2017
		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2018
		 * Base kind for an organize imports source action: `source.organizeImports`.
2019 2020 2021
		 */
		static readonly SourceOrganizeImports: CodeActionKind;

2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029
		/**
		 * Base kind for auto-fix source actions: `source.fixAll`.
		 *
		 * Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input.
		 * They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes.
		 */
		static readonly SourceFixAll: CodeActionKind;

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
		private constructor(value: string);

		/**
		 * String value of the kind, e.g. `"refactor.extract.function"`.
		 */
2035
		readonly value: string;
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044

		/**
		 * Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind.
		 *
		 * Does not modify the current kind.
		 */
		append(parts: string): CodeActionKind;

		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2045
		 * Checks if this code action kind intersects `other`.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2046
		 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058
		 * The kind `"refactor.extract"` for example intersects `refactor`, `"refactor.extract"` and ``"refactor.extract.function"`,
		 * but not `"unicorn.refactor.extract"`, or `"refactor.extractAll"`.
		 *
		 * @param other Kind to check.
		 */
		intersects(other: CodeActionKind): boolean;

		/**
		 * Checks if `other` is a sub-kind of this `CodeActionKind`.
		 *
		 * The kind `"refactor.extract"` for example contains `"refactor.extract"` and ``"refactor.extract.function"`,
		 * but not `"unicorn.refactor.extract"`, or `"refactor.extractAll"` or `refactor`.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064
		 *
		 * @param other Kind to check.
		 */
		contains(other: CodeActionKind): boolean;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2065 2066
	/**
	 * Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in which
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2067
	 * a [code action](#CodeActionProvider.provideCodeActions) is run.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2068 2069
	 */
	export interface CodeActionContext {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2070 2071 2072
		/**
		 * An array of diagnostics.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
2073
		readonly diagnostics: Diagnostic[];
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080

		/**
		 * Requested kind of actions to return.
		 *
		 * Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by the lightbulb.
		 */
		readonly only?: CodeActionKind;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2081 2082
	}

2083 2084 2085
	/**
	 * A code action represents a change that can be performed in code, e.g. to fix a problem or
	 * to refactor code.
2086
	 *
M
Matthew J. Clemente 已提交
2087
	 * A CodeAction must set either [`edit`](#CodeAction.edit) and/or a [`command`](#CodeAction.command). If both are supplied, the `edit` is applied first, then the command is executed.
2088 2089 2090 2091
	 */
	export class CodeAction {

		/**
2092
		 * A short, human-readable, title for this code action.
2093 2094 2095 2096
		 */
		title: string;

		/**
2097
		 * A [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit) this code action performs.
2098 2099 2100 2101
		 */
		edit?: WorkspaceEdit;

		/**
2102
		 * [Diagnostics](#Diagnostic) that this code action resolves.
2103 2104 2105 2106
		 */
		diagnostics?: Diagnostic[];

		/**
2107
		 * A [command](#Command) this code action executes.
2108 2109 2110
		 */
		command?: Command;

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2111
		/**
2112
		 * [Kind](#CodeActionKind) of the code action.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2113 2114 2115
		 *
		 * Used to filter code actions.
		 */
2116
		kind?: CodeActionKind;
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2117

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126
		/**
		 * Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by the `auto fix` command and can be targeted
		 * by keybindings.
		 *
		 * A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error.
		 * A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take.
		 */
		isPreferred?: boolean;

2127 2128 2129
		/**
		 * Creates a new code action.
		 *
2130 2131
		 * A code action must have at least a [title](#CodeAction.title) and [edits](#CodeAction.edit)
		 * and/or a [command](#CodeAction.command).
2132 2133
		 *
		 * @param title The title of the code action.
2134
		 * @param kind The kind of the code action.
2135
		 */
2136
		constructor(title: string, kind?: CodeActionKind);
2137 2138
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2139
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2140 2141 2142 2143
	 * The code action interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [light bulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) feature.
	 *
	 * A code action can be any command that is [known](#commands.getCommands) to the system.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2144 2145 2146 2147 2148
	 */
	export interface CodeActionProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide commands for the given document and range.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2149
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
2150 2151
		 * @param range The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be a selection if
		 * there is a currently active editor.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2152 2153
		 * @param context Context carrying additional information.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
2154
		 * @return An array of commands, quick fixes, or refactorings or a thenable of such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2155
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2156
		 */
2157
		provideCodeActions(document: TextDocument, range: Range | Selection, context: CodeActionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<(Command | CodeAction)[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2158 2159
	}

2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169
	/**
	 * Metadata about the type of code actions that a [CodeActionProvider](#CodeActionProvider) providers
	 */
	export interface CodeActionProviderMetadata {
		/**
		 * [CodeActionKinds](#CodeActionKind) that this provider may return.
		 *
		 * The list of kinds may be generic, such as `CodeActionKind.Refactor`, or the provider
		 * may list our every specific kind they provide, such as `CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function`)`
		 */
2170
		readonly providedCodeActionKinds?: ReadonlyArray<CodeActionKind>;
2171 2172
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2173 2174 2175
	/**
	 * A code lens represents a [command](#Command) that should be shown along with
	 * source text, like the number of references, a way to run tests, etc.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2176 2177 2178
	 *
	 * A code lens is _unresolved_ when no command is associated to it. For performance
	 * reasons the creation of a code lens and resolving should be done to two stages.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2179 2180 2181
	 *
	 * @see [CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses](#CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses)
	 * @see [CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens](#CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens)
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190
	 */
	export class CodeLens {

		/**
		 * The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line.
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2191
		 * The command this code lens represents.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2192
		 */
2193
		command?: Command;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2194 2195

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2196
		 * `true` when there is a command associated.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2197
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
2198
		readonly isResolved: boolean;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206

		/**
		 * Creates a new code lens object.
		 *
		 * @param range The range to which this code lens applies.
		 * @param command The command associated to this code lens.
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, command?: Command);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214
	}

	/**
	 * A code lens provider adds [commands](#Command) to source text. The commands will be shown
	 * as dedicated horizontal lines in between the source text.
	 */
	export interface CodeLensProvider {

2215 2216 2217
		/**
		 * An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed.
		 */
2218
		onDidChangeCodeLenses?: Event<void>;
2219

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2220 2221
		/**
		 * Compute a list of [lenses](#CodeLens). This call should return as fast as possible and if
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2222
		 * computing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with the
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2223
		 * range set and implement [resolve](#CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2224 2225 2226
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2227 2228
		 * @return An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2229
		 */
2230
		provideCodeLenses(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLens[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2231 2232 2233 2234

		/**
		 * This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and after
		 * calls to [compute](#CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses)-lenses.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2235
		 *
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2236
		 * @param codeLens code lens that must be resolved.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2237
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2238
		 * @return The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2239
		 */
2240
		resolveCodeLens?(codeLens: CodeLens, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLens>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2241 2242
	}

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248
	/**
	 * Information about where a symbol is defined.
	 *
	 * Provides additional metadata over normal [location](#Location) definitions, including the range of
	 * the defining symbol
	 */
2249
	export type DefinitionLink = LocationLink;
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2250

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2251
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2252 2253 2254
	 * The definition of a symbol represented as one or many [locations](#Location).
	 * For most programming languages there is only one location at which a symbol is
	 * defined.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2255 2256 2257
	 */
	export type Definition = Location | Location[];

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2258 2259 2260 2261 2262
	/**
	 * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition)
	 * and peek definition features.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2263
	export interface DefinitionProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270

		/**
		 * Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2271
		 * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2272
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2273
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2274
		provideDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | DefinitionLink[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2275 2276
	}

2277
	/**
2278
	 * The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
2279 2280
	 * the go to implementation feature.
	 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2281
	export interface ImplementationProvider {
2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291

		/**
		 * Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2292
		provideImplementation(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | DefinitionLink[]>;
2293 2294
	}

2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309
	/**
	 * The type definition provider defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the go to type definition feature.
	 */
	export interface TypeDefinitionProvider {

		/**
		 * Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2310
		provideTypeDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | DefinitionLink[]>;
2311 2312
	}

2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336
	/**
	 * The declaration of a symbol representation as one or many [locations](#Location)
	 * or [location links][#LocationLink].
	 */
	export type Declaration = Location | Location[] | LocationLink[];

	/**
	 * The declaration provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the go to declaration feature.
	 */
	export interface DeclarationProvider {

		/**
		 * Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
		provideDeclaration(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Declaration>;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2337
	/**
2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371
	 * The MarkdownString represents human readable text that supports formatting via the
	 * markdown syntax. Standard markdown is supported, also tables, but no embedded html.
	 */
	export class MarkdownString {

		/**
		 * The markdown string.
		 */
		value: string;

		/**
		 * Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Only *trusted*
		 * markdown supports links that execute commands, e.g. `[Run it](command:myCommandId)`.
		 */
		isTrusted?: boolean;

		/**
		 * Creates a new markdown string with the given value.
		 *
		 * @param value Optional, initial value.
		 */
		constructor(value?: string);

		/**
		 * Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string.
		 * @param value Plain text.
		 */
		appendText(value: string): MarkdownString;

		/**
		 * Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string.
		 * @param value Markdown string.
		 */
		appendMarkdown(value: string): MarkdownString;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378

		/**
		 * Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language.
		 * @param value A code snippet.
		 * @param language An optional [language identifier](#languages.getLanguages).
		 */
		appendCodeblock(value: string, language?: string): MarkdownString;
2379 2380 2381 2382
	}

	/**
	 * ~~MarkedString can be used to render human readable text. It is either a markdown string
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2383
	 * or a code-block that provides a language and a code snippet. Note that
2384 2385 2386
	 * markdown strings will be sanitized - that means html will be escaped.~~
	 *
	 * @deprecated This type is deprecated, please use [`MarkdownString`](#MarkdownString) instead.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2387
	 */
2388
	export type MarkedString = MarkdownString | string | { language: string; value: string };
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2389

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2390 2391 2392 2393
	/**
	 * A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers are
	 * rendered in a tooltip-like widget.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2394 2395
	export class Hover {

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2396 2397 2398
		/**
		 * The contents of this hover.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2399 2400
		contents: MarkedString[];

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2401
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2402
		 * The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2403
		 * editor will use the range at the current position or the
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2404
		 * current position itself.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2405
		 */
2406
		range?: Range;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2407

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2408 2409 2410 2411
		/**
		 * Creates a new hover object.
		 *
		 * @param contents The contents of the hover.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2412
		 * @param range The range to which the hover applies.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2413
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2414 2415 2416
		constructor(contents: MarkedString | MarkedString[], range?: Range);
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2417 2418
	/**
	 * The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
2419
	 * the [hover](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2420
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2421
	export interface HoverProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2422 2423 2424

		/**
		 * Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2425 2426
		 * position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults
		 * to the word range at the position when omitted.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2427 2428 2429 2430 2431
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2432
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2433
		 */
2434
		provideHover(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Hover>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2435 2436
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2437 2438 2439
	/**
	 * A document highlight kind.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2440
	export enum DocumentHighlightKind {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2441 2442

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2443
		 * A textual occurrence.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2444
		 */
2445
		Text = 0,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2446 2447 2448 2449

		/**
		 * Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.
		 */
2450
		Read = 1,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2451 2452 2453 2454

		/**
		 * Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.
		 */
2455
		Write = 2
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2456 2457
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2458 2459 2460 2461 2462
	/**
	 * A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deserves
	 * special attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changing
	 * the background color of its range.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2463
	export class DocumentHighlight {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2464 2465 2466 2467

		/**
		 * The range this highlight applies to.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2468
		range: Range;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2469 2470 2471 2472

		/**
		 * The highlight kind, default is [text](#DocumentHighlightKind.Text).
		 */
2473
		kind?: DocumentHighlightKind;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481

		/**
		 * Creates a new document highlight object.
		 *
		 * @param range The range the highlight applies to.
		 * @param kind The highlight kind, default is [text](#DocumentHighlightKind.Text).
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, kind?: DocumentHighlightKind);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2482 2483
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2484 2485 2486 2487
	/**
	 * The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the word-highlight-feature.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2488
	export interface DocumentHighlightProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2489 2490

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2491
		 * Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497
		 * all exit-points of a function.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2498
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2499
		 */
2500
		provideDocumentHighlights(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2501 2502
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2503 2504 2505
	/**
	 * A symbol kind.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2506
	export enum SymbolKind {
2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526
		File = 0,
		Module = 1,
		Namespace = 2,
		Package = 3,
		Class = 4,
		Method = 5,
		Property = 6,
		Field = 7,
		Constructor = 8,
		Enum = 9,
		Interface = 10,
		Function = 11,
		Variable = 12,
		Constant = 13,
		String = 14,
		Number = 15,
		Boolean = 16,
		Array = 17,
		Object = 18,
		Key = 19,
2527 2528 2529 2530
		Null = 20,
		EnumMember = 21,
		Struct = 22,
		Event = 23,
2531 2532
		Operator = 24,
		TypeParameter = 25
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2533 2534
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2535 2536 2537 2538
	/**
	 * Represents information about programming constructs like variables, classes,
	 * interfaces etc.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2539
	export class SymbolInformation {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2540 2541 2542 2543

		/**
		 * The name of this symbol.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2544
		name: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2545 2546 2547 2548

		/**
		 * The name of the symbol containing this symbol.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2549
		containerName: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2550 2551 2552 2553

		/**
		 * The kind of this symbol.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2554
		kind: SymbolKind;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2555 2556 2557 2558

		/**
		 * The location of this symbol.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2559
		location: Location;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2560

2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566
		/**
		 * Creates a new symbol information object.
		 *
		 * @param name The name of the symbol.
		 * @param kind The kind of the symbol.
		 * @param containerName The name of the symbol containing the symbol.
M
Maira Wenzel 已提交
2567
		 * @param location The location of the symbol.
2568 2569 2570
		 */
		constructor(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, containerName: string, location: Location);

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2571
		/**
2572
		 * ~~Creates a new symbol information object.~~
2573
		 *
2574
		 * @deprecated Please use the constructor taking a [location](#Location) object.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2575 2576 2577 2578 2579
		 *
		 * @param name The name of the symbol.
		 * @param kind The kind of the symbol.
		 * @param range The range of the location of the symbol.
		 * @param uri The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2580
		 * @param containerName The name of the symbol containing the symbol.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2581 2582
		 */
		constructor(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, uri?: Uri, containerName?: string);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2583 2584
	}

2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597
	/**
	 * Represents programming constructs like variables, classes, interfaces etc. that appear in a document. Document
	 * symbols can be hierarchical and they have two ranges: one that encloses its definition and one that points to
	 * its most interesting range, e.g. the range of an identifier.
	 */
	export class DocumentSymbol {

		/**
		 * The name of this symbol.
		 */
		name: string;

		/**
2598
		 * More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function.
2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607
		 */
		detail: string;

		/**
		 * The kind of this symbol.
		 */
		kind: SymbolKind;

		/**
2608
		 * The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
2609 2610 2611 2612
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
2613
		 * The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2614
		 * Must be contained by the [`range`](#DocumentSymbol.range).
2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634
		 */
		selectionRange: Range;

		/**
		 * Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class.
		 */
		children: DocumentSymbol[];

		/**
		 * Creates a new document symbol.
		 *
		 * @param name The name of the symbol.
		 * @param detail Details for the symbol.
		 * @param kind The kind of the symbol.
		 * @param range The full range of the symbol.
		 * @param selectionRange The range that should be reveal.
		 */
		constructor(name: string, detail: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, selectionRange: Range);
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2635 2636
	/**
	 * The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
2637
	 * the [go to symbol](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-symbol)-feature.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2638
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2639
	export interface DocumentSymbolProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646

		/**
		 * Provide symbol information for the given document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2647
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2648
		 */
2649
		provideDocumentSymbols(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SymbolInformation[] | DocumentSymbol[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2650 2651
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2652 2653 2654
	/**
	 * Metadata about a document symbol provider.
	 */
2655 2656
	export interface DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata {
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2657
		 * A human readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document.
2658
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2659
		label?: string;
2660 2661
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2662 2663 2664 2665
	/**
	 * The workspace symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [symbol search](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_open-symbol-by-name)-feature.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2666
	export interface WorkspaceSymbolProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2667 2668

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2669
		 * Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2670
		 *
2671 2672 2673 2674 2675
		 * The `query`-parameter should be interpreted in a *relaxed way* as the editor will apply its own highlighting
		 * and scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that the
		 * characters of *query* appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similar
		 * strict matching.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2676 2677 2678 2679
		 * To improve performance implementors can implement `resolveWorkspaceSymbol` and then provide symbols with partial
		 * [location](#SymbolInformation.location)-objects, without a `range` defined. The editor will then call
		 * `resolveWorkspaceSymbol` for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2680
		 * @param query A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2681 2682
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2683
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2684
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
2685
		provideWorkspaceSymbols(query: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SymbolInformation[]>;
2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698

		/**
		 * Given a symbol fill in its [location](#SymbolInformation.location). This method is called whenever a symbol
		 * is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols from
		 * [`provideWorkspaceSymbols`](#WorkspaceSymbolProvider.provideWorkspaceSymbols) which often helps to improve
		 * performance.
		 *
		 * @param symbol The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from an
		 * earlier call to `provideWorkspaceSymbols`.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned,
		 * the given `symbol` is used.
		 */
2699
		resolveWorkspaceSymbol?(symbol: SymbolInformation, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SymbolInformation>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2700 2701
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717
	/**
	 * Value-object that contains additional information when
	 * requesting references.
	 */
	export interface ReferenceContext {

		/**
		 * Include the declaration of the current symbol.
		 */
		includeDeclaration: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [find references](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_peek)-feature.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2718
	export interface ReferenceProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725

		/**
		 * Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
2726
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2727
		 * @return An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2728
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2729
		 */
2730
		provideReferences(document: TextDocument, position: Position, context: ReferenceContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Location[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2731 2732
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2733
	/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2734
	 * A text edit represents edits that should be applied
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2735
	 * to a document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2736
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2737
	export class TextEdit {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745

		/**
		 * Utility to create a replace edit.
		 *
		 * @param range A range.
		 * @param newText A string.
		 * @return A new text edit object.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2746
		static replace(range: Range, newText: string): TextEdit;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2747 2748 2749 2750

		/**
		 * Utility to create an insert edit.
		 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2751
		 * @param position A position, will become an empty range.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2752 2753 2754
		 * @param newText A string.
		 * @return A new text edit object.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2755
		static insert(position: Position, newText: string): TextEdit;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2756 2757 2758 2759

		/**
		 * Utility to create a delete edit.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2760
		 * @param range A range.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2761 2762
		 * @return A new text edit object.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2763
		static delete(range: Range): TextEdit;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2764

2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772
		/**
		 * Utility to create an eol-edit.
		 *
		 * @param eol An eol-sequence
		 * @return A new text edit object.
		 */
		static setEndOfLine(eol: EndOfLine): TextEdit;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2773 2774 2775
		/**
		 * The range this edit applies to.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2776
		range: Range;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2777 2778 2779 2780

		/**
		 * The string this edit will insert.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2781
		newText: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2782

2783 2784
		/**
		 * The eol-sequence used in the document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2785 2786 2787
		 *
		 * *Note* that the eol-sequence will be applied to the
		 * whole document.
2788 2789 2790
		 */
		newEol: EndOfLine;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797
		/**
		 * Create a new TextEdit.
		 *
		 * @param range A range.
		 * @param newText A string.
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, newText: string);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2798 2799 2800
	}

	/**
2801
	 * A workspace edit is a collection of textual and files changes for
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2802
	 * multiple resources and documents.
2803 2804
	 *
	 * Use the [applyEdit](#workspace.applyEdit)-function to apply a workspace edit.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2805 2806 2807 2808
	 */
	export class WorkspaceEdit {

		/**
2809
		 * The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2810
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
2811
		readonly size: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2812

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820
		/**
		 * Replace the given range with given text for the given resource.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @param range A range.
		 * @param newText A string.
		 */
		replace(uri: Uri, range: Range, newText: string): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2821

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829
		/**
		 * Insert the given text at the given position.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @param position A position.
		 * @param newText A string.
		 */
		insert(uri: Uri, position: Position, newText: string): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2830

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2831
		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
2832
		 * Delete the text at the given range.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2833 2834 2835
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @param range A range.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2836 2837
		 */
		delete(uri: Uri, range: Range): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2838

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2839
		/**
2840 2841
		 * Check if a text edit for a resource exists.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2842
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2843
		 * @return `true` if the given resource will be touched by this edit.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2844
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2845 2846
		has(uri: Uri): boolean;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852
		/**
		 * Set (and replace) text edits for a resource.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @param edits An array of text edits.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2853 2854
		set(uri: Uri, edits: TextEdit[]): void;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860
		/**
		 * Get the text edits for a resource.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @return An array of text edits.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2861 2862
		get(uri: Uri): TextEdit[];

2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889
		/**
		 * Create a regular file.
		 *
		 * @param uri Uri of the new file..
		 * @param options Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or be
		 * ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins.
		 */
		createFile(uri: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean, ignoreIfExists?: boolean }): void;

		/**
		 * Delete a file or folder.
		 *
		 * @param uri The uri of the file that is to be deleted.
		 */
		deleteFile(uri: Uri, options?: { recursive?: boolean, ignoreIfNotExists?: boolean }): void;

		/**
		 * Rename a file or folder.
		 *
		 * @param oldUri The existing file.
		 * @param newUri The new location.
		 * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten or be
		 * ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins.
		 */
		renameFile(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean, ignoreIfExists?: boolean }): void;


J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2890 2891 2892
		/**
		 * Get all text edits grouped by resource.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2893
		 * @return A shallow copy of `[Uri, TextEdit[]]`-tuples.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2894
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2895 2896 2897
		entries(): [Uri, TextEdit[]][];
	}

2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903
	/**
	 * A snippet string is a template which allows to insert text
	 * and to control the editor cursor when insertion happens.
	 *
	 * A snippet can define tab stops and placeholders with `$1`, `$2`
	 * and `${3:foo}`. `$0` defines the final tab stop, it defaults to
2904 2905
	 * the end of the snippet. Variables are defined with `$name` and
	 * `${name:default value}`. The full snippet syntax is documented
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
2906
	 * [here](http://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/userdefinedsnippets#_creating-your-own-snippets).
2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914
	 */
	export class SnippetString {

		/**
		 * The snippet string.
		 */
		value: string;

2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921
		constructor(value?: string);

		/**
		 * Builder-function that appends the given string to
		 * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string.
		 *
		 * @param string A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped.
2922
		 * @return This snippet string.
2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929
		 */
		appendText(string: string): SnippetString;

		/**
		 * Builder-function that appends a tabstop (`$1`, `$2` etc) to
		 * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string.
		 *
2930
		 * @param number The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment
2931
		 * value starting at 1.
2932
		 * @return This snippet string.
2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941
		 */
		appendTabstop(number?: number): SnippetString;

		/**
		 * Builder-function that appends a placeholder (`${1:value}`) to
		 * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string.
		 *
		 * @param value The value of this placeholder - either a string or a function
		 * with which a nested snippet can be created.
2942
		 * @param number The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment
2943
		 * value starting at 1.
2944
		 * @return This snippet string.
2945 2946
		 */
		appendPlaceholder(value: string | ((snippet: SnippetString) => any), number?: number): SnippetString;
2947 2948

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2949
		 * Builder-function that appends a variable (`${VAR}`) to
2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957
		 * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string.
		 *
		 * @param name The name of the variable - excluding the `$`.
		 * @param defaultValue The default value which is used when the variable name cannot
		 * be resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created.
		 * @return This snippet string.
		 */
		appendVariable(name: string, defaultValue: string | ((snippet: SnippetString) => any)): SnippetString;
2958 2959
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2960
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2961 2962
	 * The rename provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [rename](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_rename-symbol)-feature.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2963 2964
	 */
	export interface RenameProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974

		/**
		 * Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to one
		 * or many resources to rename a symbol to a different name.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param newName The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
2975
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2976
		 */
2977
		provideRenameEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, newName: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit>;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2978 2979 2980

		/**
		 * Optional function for resolving and validating a position *before* running rename. The result can
2981
		 * be a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbol
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988
		 * which is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which rename will be invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which rename will be invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
2989
		prepareRename?(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Range | { range: Range, placeholder: string }>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2990 2991
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2992 2993 2994
	/**
	 * Value-object describing what options formatting should use.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
2995
	export interface FormattingOptions {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
2996 2997 2998 2999

		/**
		 * Size of a tab in spaces.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3000
		tabSize: number;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3001 3002 3003 3004

		/**
		 * Prefer spaces over tabs.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3005
		insertSpaces: boolean;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3006 3007 3008 3009 3010

		/**
		 * Signature for further properties.
		 */
		[key: string]: boolean | number | string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3011 3012 3013
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3014 3015
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3016 3017
	 */
	export interface DocumentFormattingEditProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025

		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits for a whole document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param options Options controlling formatting.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3026
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3027
		 */
3028
		provideDocumentFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3029 3030 3031
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3032 3033
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3034 3035
	 */
	export interface DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3036 3037 3038 3039 3040

		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.
		 *
		 * The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3041 3042
		 * or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end
		 * of the range to full syntax nodes.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param range The range which should be formatted.
		 * @param options Options controlling formatting.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3049
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3050
		 */
3051
		provideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, range: Range, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3052 3053 3054
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3055 3056
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3057 3058
	 */
	export interface OnTypeFormattingEditProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068

		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.
		 *
		 * The given position and character should hint to the provider
		 * what range the position to expand to, like find the matching `{`
		 * when `}` has been entered.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3069
		 * @param ch The character that has been typed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3070 3071 3072
		 * @param options Options controlling formatting.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3073
		 * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3074
		 */
3075
		provideOnTypeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, ch: string, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3076 3077
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3078 3079 3080 3081
	/**
	 * Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter can
	 * have a label and a doc-comment.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3082
	export class ParameterInformation {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3083 3084

		/**
3085 3086 3087 3088 3089
		 * The label of this signature.
		 *
		 * Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing
		 * [signature label](#SignatureInformation.label). *Note*: A label of type string must be
		 * a substring of its containing signature information's [label](#SignatureInformation.label).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3090
		 */
3091
		label: string | [number, number];
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3092 3093 3094 3095 3096

		/**
		 * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
		 * in the UI but can be omitted.
		 */
3097
		documentation?: string | MarkdownString;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3098 3099 3100 3101

		/**
		 * Creates a new parameter information object.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3102
		 * @param label A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3103 3104
		 * @param documentation A doc string.
		 */
3105
		constructor(label: string | [number, number], documentation?: string | MarkdownString);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3106 3107
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3108 3109 3110 3111 3112
	/**
	 * Represents the signature of something callable. A signature
	 * can have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, and
	 * a set of parameters.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3113
	export class SignatureInformation {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3114 3115 3116 3117 3118

		/**
		 * The label of this signature. Will be shown in
		 * the UI.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3119
		label: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3120 3121 3122 3123 3124

		/**
		 * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
		 * in the UI but can be omitted.
		 */
3125
		documentation?: string | MarkdownString;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3126 3127 3128 3129

		/**
		 * The parameters of this signature.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3130
		parameters: ParameterInformation[];
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3131 3132 3133 3134 3135

		/**
		 * Creates a new signature information object.
		 *
		 * @param label A label string.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3136
		 * @param documentation A doc string.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3137
		 */
3138
		constructor(label: string, documentation?: string | MarkdownString);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3139 3140
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3141 3142
	/**
	 * Signature help represents the signature of something
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
3143
	 * callable. There can be multiple signatures but only one
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3144 3145
	 * active and only one active parameter.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3146
	export class SignatureHelp {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3147 3148 3149 3150

		/**
		 * One or more signatures.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3151
		signatures: SignatureInformation[];
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3152 3153 3154 3155

		/**
		 * The active signature.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3156
		activeSignature: number;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3157 3158 3159 3160

		/**
		 * The active parameter of the active signature.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3161 3162 3163
		activeParameter: number;
	}

3164
	/**
3165
	 * How a [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider) was triggered.
3166
	 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3167
	export enum SignatureHelpTriggerKind {
3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191
		/**
		 * Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command.
		 */
		Invoke = 1,

		/**
		 * Signature help was triggered by a trigger character.
		 */
		TriggerCharacter = 2,

		/**
		 * Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing.
		 */
		ContentChange = 3,
	}

	/**
	 * Additional information about the context in which a
	 * [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider.provideSignatureHelp) was triggered.
	 */
	export interface SignatureHelpContext {
		/**
		 * Action that caused signature help to be triggered.
		 */
3192
		readonly triggerKind: SignatureHelpTriggerKind;
3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202

		/**
		 * Character that caused signature help to be triggered.
		 *
		 * This is `undefined` when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invoking
		 * signature help or when moving the cursor.
		 */
		readonly triggerCharacter?: string;

		/**
3203
		 * `true` if signature help was already showing when it was triggered.
3204
		 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3205 3206
		 * Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such as
		 * typing a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes.
3207 3208
		 */
		readonly isRetrigger: boolean;
3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216

		/**
		 * The currently active [`SignatureHelp`](#SignatureHelp).
		 *
		 * The `activeSignatureHelp` has its [`SignatureHelp.activeSignature`] field updated based on
		 * the user arrowing through available signatures.
		 */
		readonly activeSignatureHelp?: SignatureHelp;
3217 3218
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3219 3220
	/**
	 * The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
3221
	 * the [parameter hints](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3222
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3223
	export interface SignatureHelpProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230

		/**
		 * Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
3231 3232
		 * @param context Information about how signature help was triggered.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3233
		 * @return Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3234
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3235
		 */
3236 3237 3238 3239
		provideSignatureHelp(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: SignatureHelpContext): ProviderResult<SignatureHelp>;
	}

	/**
3240 3241
	 * Metadata about a registered [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider).
	 */
3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250
	export interface SignatureHelpProviderMetadata {
		/**
		 * List of characters that trigger signature help.
		 */
		readonly triggerCharacters: ReadonlyArray<string>;

		/**
		 * List of characters that re-trigger signature help.
		 *
3251
		 * These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger characters
3252 3253 3254
		 * are also counted as re-trigger characters.
		 */
		readonly retriggerCharacters: ReadonlyArray<string>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3255 3256
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3257 3258 3259
	/**
	 * Completion item kinds.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3260
	export enum CompletionItemKind {
3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276
		Text = 0,
		Method = 1,
		Function = 2,
		Constructor = 3,
		Field = 4,
		Variable = 5,
		Class = 6,
		Interface = 7,
		Module = 8,
		Property = 9,
		Unit = 10,
		Value = 11,
		Enum = 12,
		Keyword = 13,
		Snippet = 14,
		Color = 15,
3277
		Reference = 17,
3278
		File = 16,
3279 3280 3281 3282 3283
		Folder = 18,
		EnumMember = 19,
		Constant = 20,
		Struct = 21,
		Event = 22,
3284 3285
		Operator = 23,
		TypeParameter = 24
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3286 3287
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3288
	/**
3289
	 * A completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed to complete text that is being typed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3290
	 *
3291
	 * It is sufficient to create a completion item from just a [label](#CompletionItem.label). In that
3292 3293
	 * case the completion item will replace the [word](#TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition)
	 * until the cursor with the given label or [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText). Otherwise the
3294
	 * given [edit](#CompletionItem.textEdit) is used.
3295
	 *
3296
	 * When selecting a completion item in the editor its defined or synthesized text edit will be applied
M
Matthew J. Clemente 已提交
3297
	 * to *all* cursors/selections whereas [additionalTextEdits](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits) will be
3298
	 * applied as provided.
3299
	 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3300 3301
	 * @see [CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems)
	 * @see [CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem](#CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3302
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3303
	export class CompletionItem {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3304 3305 3306

		/**
		 * The label of this completion item. By default
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3307
		 * this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3308 3309
		 * this completion.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3310
		label: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3311 3312

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
3313
		 * The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3314 3315
		 * an icon is chosen by the editor.
		 */
3316
		kind?: CompletionItemKind;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3317 3318 3319 3320 3321

		/**
		 * A human-readable string with additional information
		 * about this item, like type or symbol information.
		 */
3322
		detail?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3323 3324 3325 3326

		/**
		 * A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.
		 */
3327
		documentation?: string | MarkdownString;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3328 3329

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3330
		 * A string that should be used when comparing this item
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3331 3332 3333
		 * with other items. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label)
		 * is used.
		 */
3334
		sortText?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340

		/**
		 * A string that should be used when filtering a set of
		 * completion items. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label)
		 * is used.
		 */
3341
		filterText?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3342

3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349
		/**
		 * Select this item when showing. *Note* that only one completion item can be selected and
		 * that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the *first* item of those
		 * that match best is selected.
		 */
		preselect?: boolean;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3350
		/**
3351
		 * A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3352 3353 3354
		 * this completion. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label)
		 * is used.
		 */
3355
		insertText?: string | SnippetString;
3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365

		/**
		 * A range of text that should be replaced by this completion item.
		 *
		 * Defaults to a range from the start of the [current word](#TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition) to the
		 * current position.
		 *
		 * *Note:* The range must be a [single line](#Range.isSingleLine) and it must
		 * [contain](#Range.contains) the position at which completion has been [requested](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems).
		 */
3366
		range?: Range;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3367

3368 3369
		/**
		 * An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3370
		 * then type that character. *Note* that all commit characters should have `length=1` and that superfluous
3371 3372 3373 3374
		 * characters will be ignored.
		 */
		commitCharacters?: string[];

3375 3376
		/**
		 * Keep whitespace of the [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText) as is. By default, the editor adjusts leading
3377
		 * whitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - setting
3378 3379 3380 3381
		 * this to `true` will prevent that.
		 */
		keepWhitespace?: boolean;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3382
		/**
3383
		 * @deprecated Use `CompletionItem.insertText` and `CompletionItem.range` instead.
3384 3385
		 *
		 * ~~An [edit](#TextEdit) which is applied to a document when selecting
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3386
		 * this completion. When an edit is provided the value of
3387
		 * [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText) is ignored.~~
3388
		 *
3389 3390
		 * ~~The [range](#Range) of the edit must be single-line and on the same
		 * line completions were [requested](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems) at.~~
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3391
		 */
3392
		textEdit?: TextEdit;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3393

3394 3395 3396 3397 3398
		/**
		 * An optional array of additional [text edits](#TextEdit) that are applied when
		 * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main [edit](#CompletionItem.textEdit)
		 * nor with themselves.
		 */
3399
		additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[];
3400 3401

		/**
3402 3403
		 * An optional [command](#Command) that is executed *after* inserting this completion. *Note* that
		 * additional modifications to the current document should be described with the
3404 3405
		 * [additionalTextEdits](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits)-property.
		 */
3406
		command?: Command;
3407

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414
		/**
		 * Creates a new completion item.
		 *
		 * Completion items must have at least a [label](#CompletionItem.label) which then
		 * will be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering.
		 *
		 * @param label The label of the completion.
3415
		 * @param kind The [kind](#CompletionItemKind) of the completion.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3416
		 */
3417
		constructor(label: string, kind?: CompletionItemKind);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3418 3419
	}

3420 3421 3422 3423
	/**
	 * Represents a collection of [completion items](#CompletionItem) to be presented
	 * in the editor.
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3424
	export class CompletionList {
3425 3426

		/**
3427
		 * This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputing
3428 3429
		 * this list.
		 */
3430
		isIncomplete?: boolean;
3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445

		/**
		 * The completion items.
		 */
		items: CompletionItem[];

		/**
		 * Creates a new completion list.
		 *
		 * @param items The completion items.
		 * @param isIncomplete The list is not complete.
		 */
		constructor(items?: CompletionItem[], isIncomplete?: boolean);
	}

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456
	/**
	 * How a [completion provider](#CompletionItemProvider) was triggered
	 */
	export enum CompletionTriggerKind {
		/**
		 * Completion was triggered normally.
		 */
		Invoke = 0,
		/**
		 * Completion was triggered by a trigger character.
		 */
3457 3458 3459 3460 3461
		TriggerCharacter = 1,
		/**
		 * Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete
		 */
		TriggerForIncompleteCompletions = 2
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3462 3463
	}

3464 3465 3466 3467 3468
	/**
	 * Contains additional information about the context in which
	 * [completion provider](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems) is triggered.
	 */
	export interface CompletionContext {
3469 3470 3471
		/**
		 * How the completion was triggered.
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3472
		readonly triggerKind: CompletionTriggerKind;
3473

3474 3475 3476
		/**
		 * Character that triggered the completion item provider.
		 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3477
		 * `undefined` if provider was not triggered by a character.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3478 3479
		 *
		 * The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered.
3480 3481 3482 3483
		 */
		readonly triggerCharacter?: string;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3484 3485
	/**
	 * The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
3486
	 * [IntelliSense](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3487
	 *
3488 3489 3490
	 * Providers can delay the computation of the [`detail`](#CompletionItem.detail)
	 * and [`documentation`](#CompletionItem.documentation) properties by implementing the
	 * [`resolveCompletionItem`](#CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem)-function. However, properties that
3491
	 * are needed for the initial sorting and filtering, like `sortText`, `filterText`, `insertText`, and `range`, must
3492
	 * not be changed during resolve.
3493 3494 3495
	 *
	 * Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or -depending on the configuration-
	 * implicitly when typing words or trigger characters.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3496
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3497
	export interface CompletionItemProvider {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3498 3499

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3500
		 * Provide completion items for the given position and document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3501
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3502 3503 3504
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param position The position at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3505 3506
		 * @param context How the completion was triggered.
		 *
3507 3508
		 * @return An array of completions, a [completion list](#CompletionList), or a thenable that resolves to either.
		 * The lack of a result can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3509
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
3510
		provideCompletionItems(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: CompletionContext): ProviderResult<CompletionItem[] | CompletionList>;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3511 3512

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3513 3514 3515 3516
		 * Given a completion item fill in more data, like [doc-comment](#CompletionItem.documentation)
		 * or [details](#CompletionItem.detail).
		 *
		 * The editor will only resolve a completion item once.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3517
		 *
3518 3519 3520 3521
		 * *Note* that accepting a completion item will not wait for it to be resolved. Because of that [`insertText`](#CompletionItem.insertText),
		 * [`additionalTextEdits`](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits), and [`command`](#CompletionItem.command) should not
		 * be changed when resolving an item.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3522 3523
		 * @param item A completion item currently active in the UI.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
3524
		 * @return The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the given
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3525
		 * `item`. When no result is returned, the given `item` will be used.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3526
		 */
3527
		resolveCompletionItem?(item: CompletionItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CompletionItem>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3528 3529
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544

	/**
	 * A document link is a range in a text document that links to an internal or external resource, like another
	 * text document or a web site.
	 */
	export class DocumentLink {

		/**
		 * The range this link applies to.
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
		 * The uri this link points to.
		 */
3545
		target?: Uri;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552

		/**
		 * Creates a new document link.
		 *
		 * @param range The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty.
		 * @param target The uri the document link points to.
		 */
3553
		constructor(range: Range, target?: Uri);
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562
	}

	/**
	 * The document link provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of showing
	 * links in the editor.
	 */
	export interface DocumentLinkProvider {

		/**
3563 3564 3565
		 * Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detects
		 * `http(s)` and `file` links.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3566 3567 3568
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of [document links](#DocumentLink) or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
3569
		 * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3570
		 */
3571
		provideDocumentLinks(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentLink[]>;
3572 3573 3574

		/**
		 * Given a link fill in its [target](#DocumentLink.target). This method is called when an incomplete
3575
		 * link is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links
3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581
		 * (without target) from the [`provideDocumentLinks`](#DocumentLinkProvider.provideDocumentLinks) method which
		 * often helps to improve performance.
		 *
		 * @param link The link that is to be resolved.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 */
3582
		resolveDocumentLink?(link: DocumentLink, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentLink>;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3583 3584
	}

3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614
	/**
	 * Represents a color in RGBA space.
	 */
	export class Color {

		/**
		 * The red component of this color in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly red: number;

		/**
		 * The green component of this color in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly green: number;

		/**
		 * The blue component of this color in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly blue: number;

		/**
		 * The alpha component of this color in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly alpha: number;

		/**
		 * Creates a new color instance.
		 *
		 * @param red The red component.
		 * @param green The green component.
3615
		 * @param blue The blue component.
3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624
		 * @param alpha The alpha component.
		 */
		constructor(red: number, green: number, blue: number, alpha: number);
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a color range from a document.
	 */
	export class ColorInformation {
3625

3626
		/**
3627
		 * The range in the document where this color appears.
3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
		 * The actual color value for this color range.
		 */
		color: Color;

		/**
		 * Creates a new color range.
		 *
		 * @param range The range the color appears in. Must not be empty.
		 * @param color The value of the color.
		 * @param format The format in which this color is currently formatted.
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, color: Color);
	}

	/**
	 * A color presentation object describes how a [`color`](#Color) should be represented as text and what
	 * edits are required to refer to it from source code.
	 *
	 * For some languages one color can have multiple presentations, e.g. css can represent the color red with
	 * the constant `Red`, the hex-value `#ff0000`, or in rgba and hsla forms. In csharp other representations
3652
	 * apply, e.g. `System.Drawing.Color.Red`.
3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694
	 */
	export class ColorPresentation {

		/**
		 * The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color
		 * picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
		 * this color presentation.
		 */
		label: string;

		/**
		 * An [edit](#TextEdit) which is applied to a document when selecting
		 * this presentation for the color.  When `falsy` the [label](#ColorPresentation.label)
		 * is used.
		 */
		textEdit?: TextEdit;

		/**
		 * An optional array of additional [text edits](#TextEdit) that are applied when
		 * selecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the main [edit](#ColorPresentation.textEdit) nor with themselves.
		 */
		additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[];

		/**
		 * Creates a new color presentation.
		 *
		 * @param label The label of this color presentation.
		 */
		constructor(label: string);
	}

	/**
	 * The document color provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of
	 * picking and modifying colors in the editor.
	 */
	export interface DocumentColorProvider {

		/**
		 * Provide colors for the given document.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
3695
		 * @return An array of [color information](#ColorInformation) or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710
		 * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
		 */
		provideDocumentColors(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]>;

		/**
		 * Provide [representations](#ColorPresentation) for a color.
		 *
		 * @param color The color to show and insert.
		 * @param context A context object with additional information
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
		 * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array.
		 */
		provideColorPresentations(color: Color, context: { document: TextDocument, range: Range }, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]>;
	}
3711

3712
	/**
F
Filipe Correia 已提交
3713
	 * A line based folding range. To be valid, start and end line must be bigger than zero and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
3714 3715
	 * Invalid ranges will be ignored.
	 */
3716 3717 3718 3719
	export class FoldingRange {

		/**
		 * The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character.
3720
		 * To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
3721 3722 3723 3724 3725
		 */
		start: number;

		/**
		 * The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character.
3726
		 * To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733
		 */
		end: number;

		/**
		 * Describes the [Kind](#FoldingRangeKind) of the folding range such as [Comment](#FoldingRangeKind.Comment) or
		 * [Region](#FoldingRangeKind.Region). The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands
		 * like 'Fold all comments'. See
3734
		 * [FoldingRangeKind](#FoldingRangeKind) for an enumeration of all kinds.
3735
		 * If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element.
3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748
		 */
		kind?: FoldingRangeKind;

		/**
		 * Creates a new folding range.
		 *
		 * @param start The start line of the folded range.
		 * @param end The end line of the folded range.
		 * @param kind The kind of the folding range.
		 */
		constructor(start: number, end: number, kind?: FoldingRangeKind);
	}

3749
	/**
3750 3751 3752 3753
	 * An enumeration of specific folding range kinds. The kind is an optional field of a [FoldingRange](#FoldingRange)
	 * and is used to distinguish specific folding ranges such as ranges originated from comments. The kind is used by commands like
	 * `Fold all comments` or `Fold all regions`.
	 * If the kind is not set on the range, the range originated from a syntax element other than comments, imports or region markers.
3754
	 */
3755
	export enum FoldingRangeKind {
3756
		/**
3757
		 * Kind for folding range representing a comment.
3758
		 */
3759
		Comment = 1,
3760
		/**
3761
		 * Kind for folding range representing a import.
3762
		 */
3763
		Imports = 2,
3764
		/**
3765
		 * Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like `#region` and `#endregion`.
3766
		 */
3767
		Region = 3
3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775
	}

	/**
	 * Folding context (for future use)
	 */
	export interface FoldingContext {
	}

3776 3777 3778 3779
	/**
	 * The folding range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * [Folding](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/codebasics#_folding) in the editor.
	 */
3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790
	export interface FoldingRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the provider
		 * does not want to participate or was cancelled.
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param context Additional context information (for future use)
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 */
		provideFoldingRanges(document: TextDocument, context: FoldingContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>;
	}

3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832
	/**
	 * A selection range represents a part of a selection hierarchy. A selection range
	 * may have a parent selection range that contains it.
	 */
	export class SelectionRange {

		/**
		 * The [range](#Range) of this selection range.
		 */
		range: Range;

		/**
		 * The parent selection range containing this range.
		 */
		parent?: SelectionRange;

		/**
		 * Creates a new selection range.
		 *
		 * @param range The range of the selection range.
		 * @param parent The parent of the selection range.
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, parent?: SelectionRange);
	}

	export interface SelectionRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide selection ranges for the given positions.
		 *
		 * Selection ranges should be computed individually and independend for each postion. The editor will merge
		 * and deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a range
		 * is [contained](#Range.contains) by its parent.
		 *
		 * @param document The document in which the command was invoked.
		 * @param positions The positions at which the command was invoked.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
		 * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
		provideSelectionRanges(document: TextDocument, positions: Position[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]>;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3833 3834 3835 3836
	/**
	 * A tuple of two characters, like a pair of
	 * opening and closing brackets.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3837 3838
	export type CharacterPair = [string, string];

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3839 3840 3841
	/**
	 * Describes how comments for a language work.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3842
	export interface CommentRule {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3843 3844 3845 3846

		/**
		 * The line comment token, like `// this is a comment`
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3847
		lineComment?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3848 3849 3850 3851 3852

		/**
		 * The block comment character pair, like `/* block comment *&#47;`
		 */
		blockComment?: CharacterPair;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3853 3854
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
3855 3856 3857
	/**
	 * Describes indentation rules for a language.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3858
	export interface IndentationRule {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3859
		/**
3860
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3861
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3862
		decreaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3863 3864 3865
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3866
		increaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3867 3868 3869
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then **only the next line** after it should be indented once.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3870
		indentNextLinePattern?: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3871 3872 3873
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3874 3875 3876
		unIndentedLinePattern?: RegExp;
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
3877 3878 3879
	/**
	 * Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3880
	export enum IndentAction {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3881 3882 3883
		/**
		 * Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.
		 */
3884
		None = 0,
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3885 3886 3887
		/**
		 * Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
		 */
3888
		Indent = 1,
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3889 3890 3891 3892 3893
		/**
		 * Insert two new lines:
		 *  - the first one indented which will hold the cursor
		 *  - the second one at the same indentation level
		 */
3894
		IndentOutdent = 2,
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3895 3896 3897
		/**
		 * Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
		 */
3898
		Outdent = 3
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3899 3900
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
3901 3902 3903
	/**
	 * Describes what to do when pressing Enter.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3904
	export interface EnterAction {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911
		/**
		 * Describe what to do with the indentation.
		 */
		indentAction: IndentAction;
		/**
		 * Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3912
		appendText?: string;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3913 3914 3915 3916
		/**
		 * Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.
		 */
		removeText?: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3917 3918
	}

A
Alex Dima 已提交
3919 3920 3921
	/**
	 * Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3922
	export interface OnEnterRule {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3923 3924 3925
		/**
		 * This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3926
		beforeText: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3927 3928 3929
		/**
		 * This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3930
		afterText?: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3931 3932 3933
		/**
		 * The action to execute.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3934 3935 3936
		action: EnterAction;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3937
	/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
3938
	 * The language configuration interfaces defines the contract between extensions
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
3939
	 * and various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3940
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3941
	export interface LanguageConfiguration {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3942 3943 3944
		/**
		 * The language's comment settings.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3945
		comments?: CommentRule;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3946 3947 3948 3949
		/**
		 * The language's brackets.
		 * This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3950
		brackets?: CharacterPair[];
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957
		/**
		 * The language's word definition.
		 * If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable
		 * to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators.
		 * e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):
		 *   /(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\@\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>\/\?\s]+)/g
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3958
		wordPattern?: RegExp;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3959 3960 3961
		/**
		 * The language's indentation settings.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3962
		indentationRules?: IndentationRule;
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3963 3964 3965
		/**
		 * The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3966 3967 3968
		onEnterRules?: OnEnterRule[];

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3969
		 * **Deprecated** Do not use.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3970 3971
		 *
		 * @deprecated Will be replaced by a better API soon.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3972 3973
		 */
		__electricCharacterSupport?: {
3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979
			/**
			 * This property is deprecated and will be **ignored** from
			 * the editor.
			 * @deprecated
			 */
			brackets?: any;
3980 3981 3982
			/**
			 * This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore by
			 * the editor (scope and lineStart are ignored).
3983
			 * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
3984 3985
			 * @deprecated
			 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3986
			docComment?: {
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3987 3988 3989 3990
				scope: string;
				open: string;
				lineStart: string;
				close?: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3991 3992 3993 3994
			};
		};

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
3995
		 * **Deprecated** Do not use.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
3996
		 *
3997
		 * @deprecated * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007
		 */
		__characterPairSupport?: {
			autoClosingPairs: {
				open: string;
				close: string;
				notIn?: string[];
			}[];
		};
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4008
	/**
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029
	 * The configuration target
	 */
	export enum ConfigurationTarget {
		/**
		 * Global configuration
		*/
		Global = 1,

		/**
		 * Workspace configuration
		 */
		Workspace = 2,

		/**
		 * Workspace folder configuration
		 */
		WorkspaceFolder = 3
	}

	/**
	 * Represents the configuration. It is a merged view of
4030
	 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4031 4032 4033 4034
	 * - Default configuration
	 * - Global configuration
	 * - Workspace configuration (if available)
	 * - Workspace folder configuration of the requested resource (if available)
4035
	 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4036
	 * *Global configuration* comes from User Settings and shadows Defaults.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4037
	 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4038
	 * *Workspace configuration* comes from Workspace Settings and shadows Global configuration.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4039
	 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4040
	 * *Workspace Folder configuration* comes from `.vscode` folder under one of the [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders).
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4041 4042
	 *
	 * *Note:* Workspace and Workspace Folder configurations contains `launch` and `tasks` settings. Their basename will be
4043 4044 4045
	 * part of the section identifier. The following snippets shows how to retrieve all configurations
	 * from `launch.json`:
	 *
4046
	 * ```ts
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4047
	 * // launch.json configuration
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4048
	 * const config = workspace.getConfiguration('launch', vscode.window.activeTextEditor.document.uri);
4049 4050
	 *
	 * // retrieve values
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4051 4052
	 * const values = config.get('configurations');
	 * ```
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4053 4054
	 *
	 * Refer to [Settings](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/settings) for more information.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4055
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4056 4057
	export interface WorkspaceConfiguration {

4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065
		/**
		 * Return a value from this configuration.
		 *
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
		 * @return The value `section` denotes or `undefined`.
		 */
		get<T>(section: string): T | undefined;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4066
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4067 4068 4069
		 * Return a value from this configuration.
		 *
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4070
		 * @param defaultValue A value should be returned when no value could be found, is `undefined`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4071
		 * @return The value `section` denotes or the default.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4072
		 */
4073 4074
		get<T>(section: string, defaultValue: T): T;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4075
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4076 4077
		 * Check if this configuration has a certain value.
		 *
4078
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
G
Gama11 已提交
4079
		 * @return `true` if the section doesn't resolve to `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4080 4081 4082
		 */
		has(section: string): boolean;

4083 4084
		/**
		 * Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration value
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4085 4086 4087 4088
		 * often consists of a *default* value, a global or installation-wide value,
		 * a workspace-specific value and a folder-specific value.
		 *
		 * The *effective* value (returned by [`get`](#WorkspaceConfiguration.get))
4089
		 * is computed like this: `defaultValue` overwritten by `globalValue`,
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4090
		 * `globalValue` overwritten by `workspaceValue`. `workspaceValue` overwritten by `workspaceFolderValue`.
4091
		 * Refer to [Settings Inheritance](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/settings)
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4092
		 * for more information.
4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099
		 *
		 * *Note:* The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree
		 * (`editor.fontSize` vs `editor`) otherwise no result is returned.
		 *
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
		 * @return Information about a configuration setting or `undefined`.
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4100
		inspect<T>(section: string): { key: string; defaultValue?: T; globalValue?: T; workspaceValue?: T, workspaceFolderValue?: T } | undefined;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4101 4102

		/**
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4103
		 * Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4104
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4105
		 * A value can be changed in
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4106
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4107 4108 4109 4110
		 * - [Global configuration](#ConfigurationTarget.Global): Changes the value for all instances of the editor.
		 * - [Workspace configuration](#ConfigurationTarget.Workspace): Changes the value for current workspace, if available.
		 * - [Workspace folder configuration](#ConfigurationTarget.WorkspaceFolder): Changes the value for the
		 * [Workspace folder](#workspace.workspaceFolders) to which the current [configuration](#WorkspaceConfiguration) is scoped to.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4111
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4112 4113 4114 4115
		 * *Note 1:* Setting a global value in the presence of a more specific workspace value
		 * has no observable effect in that workspace, but in others. Setting a workspace value
		 * in the presence of a more specific folder value has no observable effect for the resources
		 * under respective [folder](#workspace.workspaceFolders), but in others. Refer to
4116
		 * [Settings Inheritance](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/settings) for more information.
4117
		 *
4118 4119
		 * *Note 2:* To remove a configuration value use `undefined`, like so: `config.update('somekey', undefined)`
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4120 4121 4122
		 * Will throw error when
		 * - Writing a configuration which is not registered.
		 * - Writing a configuration to workspace or folder target when no workspace is opened
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4123
		 * - Writing a configuration to folder target when there is no folder settings
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4124 4125 4126
		 * - Writing to folder target without passing a resource when getting the configuration (`workspace.getConfiguration(section, resource)`)
		 * - Writing a window configuration to folder target
		 *
4127 4128
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
		 * @param value The new value.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4129
		 * @param configurationTarget The [configuration target](#ConfigurationTarget) or a boolean value.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4130 4131 4132 4133 4134
		 *	- If `true` configuration target is `ConfigurationTarget.Global`.
		 *	- If `false` configuration target is `ConfigurationTarget.Workspace`.
		 *	- If `undefined` or `null` configuration target is
		 *	`ConfigurationTarget.WorkspaceFolder` when configuration is resource specific
		 *	`ConfigurationTarget.Workspace` otherwise.
4135
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4136
		update(section: string, value: any, configurationTarget?: ConfigurationTarget | boolean): Thenable<void>;
4137

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4138 4139 4140
		/**
		 * Readable dictionary that backs this configuration.
		 */
4141
		readonly [key: string]: any;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4142 4143
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4144 4145 4146 4147 4148
	/**
	 * Represents a location inside a resource, such as a line
	 * inside a text file.
	 */
	export class Location {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4149 4150 4151 4152

		/**
		 * The resource identifier of this location.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4153
		uri: Uri;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4154 4155

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
4156
		 * The document range of this location.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4157
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4158
		range: Range;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166

		/**
		 * Creates a new location object.
		 *
		 * @param uri The resource identifier.
		 * @param rangeOrPosition The range or position. Positions will be converted to an empty range.
		 */
		constructor(uri: Uri, rangeOrPosition: Range | Position);
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4167 4168
	}

4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197
	/**
	 * Represents the connection of two locations. Provides additional metadata over normal [locations](#Location),
	 * including an origin range.
	 */
	export interface LocationLink {
		/**
		 * Span of the origin of this link.
		 *
		 * Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range at
		 * the definition position.
		 */
		originSelectionRange?: Range;

		/**
		 * The target resource identifier of this link.
		 */
		targetUri: Uri;

		/**
		 * The full target range of this link.
		 */
		targetRange: Range;

		/**
		 * The span of this link.
		 */
		targetSelectionRange?: Range;
	}

4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208
	/**
	 * The event that is fired when diagnostics change.
	 */
	export interface DiagnosticChangeEvent {

		/**
		 * An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed.
		 */
		readonly uris: Uri[];
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4209 4210 4211 4212
	/**
	 * Represents the severity of diagnostics.
	 */
	export enum DiagnosticSeverity {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4213 4214

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
4215
		 * Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221
		 */
		Error = 0,

		/**
		 * Something suspicious but allowed.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4222
		Warning = 1,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229

		/**
		 * Something to inform about but not a problem.
		 */
		Information = 2,

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
4230
		 * Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposing
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4231 4232 4233
		 * a refactoring.
		 */
		Hint = 3
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4234 4235
	}

4236 4237
	/**
	 * Represents a related message and source code location for a diagnostic. This should be
4238
	 * used to point to code locations that cause or related to a diagnostics, e.g. when duplicating
4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261
	 * a symbol in a scope.
	 */
	export class DiagnosticRelatedInformation {

		/**
		 * The location of this related diagnostic information.
		 */
		location: Location;

		/**
		 * The message of this related diagnostic information.
		 */
		message: string;

		/**
		 * Creates a new related diagnostic information object.
		 *
		 * @param location The location.
		 * @param message The message.
		 */
		constructor(location: Location, message: string);
	}

4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270
	/**
	 * Additional metadata about the type of a diagnostic.
	 */
	export enum DiagnosticTag {
		/**
		 * Unused or unnecessary code.
		 *
		 * Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fading
		 * is controlled by the `"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity"` theme color. For
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
4271
		 * example, `"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0"` will render the
4272
		 * code with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
4273
		 * `"editorUnnecessaryCode.border"` theme color to underline unnecessary code
4274 4275 4276 4277 4278
		 * instead of fading it out.
		 */
		Unnecessary = 1,
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4279
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4280 4281
	 * Represents a diagnostic, such as a compiler error or warning. Diagnostic objects
	 * are only valid in the scope of a file.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4282
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4283 4284 4285 4286 4287
	export class Diagnostic {

		/**
		 * The range to which this diagnostic applies.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4288
		range: Range;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294

		/**
		 * The human-readable message.
		 */
		message: string;

4295
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4296
		 * The severity, default is [error](#DiagnosticSeverity.Error).
4297
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4298
		severity: DiagnosticSeverity;
4299

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4300
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4301 4302
		 * A human-readable string describing the source of this
		 * diagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4303
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4304
		source?: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4305 4306

		/**
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4307 4308
		 * A code or identifier for this diagnostic.
		 * Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing [code actions](#CodeActionContext).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4309
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4310
		code?: string | number;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4311

4312 4313 4314 4315
		/**
		 * An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names within
		 * a scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4316
		relatedInformation?: DiagnosticRelatedInformation[];
4317

4318 4319 4320 4321 4322
		/**
		 * Additional metadata about the diagnostic.
		 */
		tags?: DiagnosticTag[];

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4323
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
4324
		 * Creates a new diagnostic object.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4325 4326 4327
		 *
		 * @param range The range to which this diagnostic applies.
		 * @param message The human-readable message.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
4328
		 * @param severity The severity, default is [error](#DiagnosticSeverity.Error).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4329 4330
		 */
		constructor(range: Range, message: string, severity?: DiagnosticSeverity);
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4331 4332
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4333 4334 4335
	/**
	 * A diagnostics collection is a container that manages a set of
	 * [diagnostics](#Diagnostic). Diagnostics are always scopes to a
4336
	 * diagnostics collection and a resource.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4337 4338 4339 4340
	 *
	 * To get an instance of a `DiagnosticCollection` use
	 * [createDiagnosticCollection](#languages.createDiagnosticCollection).
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4341 4342 4343
	export interface DiagnosticCollection {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4344 4345 4346
		 * The name of this diagnostic collection, for instance `typescript`. Every diagnostic
		 * from this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses this
		 * name when defining [problem matchers](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/tasks#_defining-a-problem-matcher).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4347
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4348
		readonly name: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4349 4350 4351

		/**
		 * Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replace
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4352 4353 4354 4355
		 * existing diagnostics for that resource.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @param diagnostics Array of diagnostics or `undefined`
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4356
		 */
4357
		set(uri: Uri, diagnostics: ReadonlyArray<Diagnostic> | undefined): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4358 4359

		/**
4360
		 * Replace all entries in this collection.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4361
		 *
4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367
		 * Diagnostics of multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g
		 * `[[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]]` is equivalent to `[[file1, [d1, d2]]]`.
		 * If a diagnostics item is `undefined` as in `[file1, undefined]`
		 * all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed.
		 *
		 * @param entries An array of tuples, like `[[file1, [d1, d2]], [file2, [d3, d4, d5]]]`, or `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4368
		 */
4369
		set(entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, ReadonlyArray<Diagnostic> | undefined]>): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4370 4371

		/**
4372 4373
		 * Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belong
		 * to the provided `uri`. The same as `#set(uri, undefined)`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4374
		 *
4375
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4376
		 */
4377
		delete(uri: Uri): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384

		/**
		 * Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The same
		 * as calling `#set(undefined)`;
		 */
		clear(): void;

4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390
		/**
		 * Iterate over each entry in this collection.
		 *
		 * @param callback Function to execute for each entry.
		 * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function.
		 */
4391
		forEach(callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: ReadonlyArray<Diagnostic>, collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void;
4392

4393 4394 4395 4396 4397
		/**
		 * Get the diagnostics for a given resource. *Note* that you cannot
		 * modify the diagnostics-array returned from this call.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
4398
		 * @returns An immutable array of [diagnostics](#Diagnostic) or `undefined`.
4399
		 */
4400
		get(uri: Uri): ReadonlyArray<Diagnostic> | undefined;
4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410

		/**
		 * Check if this collection contains diagnostics for a
		 * given resource.
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
		 * @returns `true` if this collection has diagnostic for the given resource.
		 */
		has(uri: Uri): boolean;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4411 4412 4413 4414
		/**
		 * Dispose and free associated resources. Calls
		 * [clear](#DiagnosticCollection.clear).
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4415 4416 4417
		dispose(): void;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4418
	/**
4419 4420 4421
	 * Denotes a location of an editor in the window. Editors can be arranged in a grid
	 * and each column represents one editor location in that grid by counting the editors
	 * in order of their appearance.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4422 4423
	 */
	export enum ViewColumn {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4424
		/**
4425 4426 4427
		 * A *symbolic* editor column representing the currently active column. This value
		 * can be used when opening editors, but the *resolved* [viewColumn](#TextEditor.viewColumn)-value
		 * of editors will always be `One`, `Two`, `Three`,... or `undefined` but never `Active`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4428
		 */
4429
		Active = -1,
4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435
		/**
		 * A *symbolic* editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This value
		 * can be used when opening editors, but the *resolved* [viewColumn](#TextEditor.viewColumn)-value
		 * of editors will always be `One`, `Two`, `Three`,... or `undefined` but never `Beside`.
		 */
		Beside = -2,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4436
		/**
4437
		 * The first editor column.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4438
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4439
		One = 1,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4440
		/**
4441
		 * The second editor column.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4442
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4443
		Two = 2,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4444
		/**
4445
		 * The third editor column.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4446
		 */
4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471
		Three = 3,
		/**
		 * The fourth editor column.
		 */
		Four = 4,
		/**
		 * The fifth editor column.
		 */
		Five = 5,
		/**
		 * The sixth editor column.
		 */
		Six = 6,
		/**
		 * The seventh editor column.
		 */
		Seven = 7,
		/**
		 * The eighth editor column.
		 */
		Eight = 8,
		/**
		 * The ninth editor column.
		 */
		Nine = 9
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4472 4473
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4474
	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4475 4476 4477
	 * An output channel is a container for readonly textual information.
	 *
	 * To get an instance of an `OutputChannel` use
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4478
	 * [createOutputChannel](#window.createOutputChannel).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4479
	 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4480
	export interface OutputChannel {
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4481

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4482 4483 4484
		/**
		 * The human-readable name of this output channel.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4485
		readonly name: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4486 4487

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4488
		 * Append the given value to the channel.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4489
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4490
		 * @param value A string, falsy values will not be printed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4491
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4492
		append(value: string): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4493 4494

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4495 4496
		 * Append the given value and a line feed character
		 * to the channel.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4497
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4498
		 * @param value A string, falsy values will be printed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4499 4500 4501
		 */
		appendLine(value: string): void;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4502 4503 4504
		/**
		 * Removes all output from the channel.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4505 4506
		clear(): void;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4507 4508
		/**
		 * Reveal this channel in the UI.
4509
		 *
4510
		 * @param preserveFocus When `true` the channel will not take focus.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4511
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4512
		show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4513

4514
		/**
4515
		 * ~~Reveal this channel in the UI.~~
4516
		 *
4517
		 * @deprecated Use the overload with just one parameter (`show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void`).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4518 4519
		 *
		 * @param column This argument is **deprecated** and will be ignored.
4520 4521
		 * @param preserveFocus When `true` the channel will not take focus.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4522
		show(column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void;
4523

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4524 4525 4526
		/**
		 * Hide this channel from the UI.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4527 4528
		hide(): void;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4529 4530 4531
		/**
		 * Dispose and free associated resources.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4532 4533 4534 4535
		dispose(): void;
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4536
	 * Represents the alignment of status bar items.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4537 4538
	 */
	export enum StatusBarAlignment {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4539 4540 4541 4542

		/**
		 * Aligned to the left side.
		 */
4543
		Left = 1,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4544 4545 4546 4547

		/**
		 * Aligned to the right side.
		 */
4548
		Right = 2
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557
	}

	/**
	 * A status bar item is a status bar contribution that can
	 * show text and icons and run a command on click.
	 */
	export interface StatusBarItem {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4558
		 * The alignment of this item.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4559
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4560
		readonly alignment: StatusBarAlignment;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4561 4562

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4563 4564
		 * The priority of this item. Higher value means the item should
		 * be shown more to the left.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4565
		 */
4566
		readonly priority?: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4567 4568

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4569 4570
		 * The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4571
		 * `My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.`
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4572
		 *
4573 4574
		 * Where the icon-name is taken from the [octicon](https://octicons.github.com) icon set, e.g.
		 * `light-bulb`, `thumbsup`, `zap` etc.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4575
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4576 4577 4578
		text: string;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4579 4580
		 * The tooltip text when you hover over this entry.
		 */
4581
		tooltip: string | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4582 4583

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4584 4585
		 * The foreground color for this entry.
		 */
4586
		color: string | ThemeColor | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4587 4588

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4589 4590 4591
		 * The identifier of a command to run on click. The command must be
		 * [known](#commands.getCommands).
		 */
4592
		command: string | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599

		/**
		 * Shows the entry in the status bar.
		 */
		show(): void;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4600
		 * Hide the entry in the status bar.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4601 4602 4603 4604
		 */
		hide(): void;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4605 4606
		 * Dispose and free associated resources. Call
		 * [hide](#StatusBarItem.hide).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4607 4608 4609 4610
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617
	/**
	 * Defines a generalized way of reporting progress updates.
	 */
	export interface Progress<T> {

		/**
		 * Report a progress update.
4618 4619
		 * @param value A progress item, like a message and/or an
		 * report on how much work finished
4620
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4621
		report(value: T): void;
4622 4623
	}

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4624 4625 4626
	/**
	 * An individual terminal instance within the integrated terminal.
	 */
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4627
	export interface Terminal {
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4628

4629 4630 4631
		/**
		 * The name of the terminal.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4632
		readonly name: string;
4633

4634 4635 4636
		/**
		 * The process ID of the shell process.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4637
		readonly processId: Thenable<number>;
4638

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4639
		/**
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4640
		 * Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process
4641
		 * (shell) of the terminal.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4642
		 *
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4643
		 * @param text The text to send.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4644
		 * @param addNewLine Whether to add a new line to the text being sent, this is normally
4645 4646
		 * required to run a command in the terminal. The character(s) added are \n or \r\n
		 * depending on the platform. This defaults to `true`.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4647
		 */
4648
		sendText(text: string, addNewLine?: boolean): void;
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4649 4650

		/**
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4651
		 * Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4652
		 *
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4653
		 * @param preserveFocus When `true` the terminal will not take focus.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4654
		 */
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4655
		show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void;
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4656 4657

		/**
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4658
		 * Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665
		 */
		hide(): void;

		/**
		 * Dispose and free associated resources.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
4666 4667
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4668 4669 4670
	/**
	 * Represents an extension.
	 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
4671
	 * To get an instance of an `Extension` use [getExtension](#extensions.getExtension).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4672
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4673
	export interface Extension<T> {
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4674

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4675
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4676
		 * The canonical extension identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4677
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4678
		readonly id: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4679 4680

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4681
		 * The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4682
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4683
		readonly extensionPath: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4684 4685

		/**
4686
		 * `true` if the extension has been activated.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4687
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4688
		readonly isActive: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4689 4690 4691 4692

		/**
		 * The parsed contents of the extension's package.json.
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4693
		readonly packageJSON: any;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4694 4695

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
4696
		 * The public API exported by this extension. It is an invalid action
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4697
		 * to access this field before this extension has been activated.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4698
		 */
Y
Yuki Ueda 已提交
4699
		readonly exports: T;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4700 4701 4702

		/**
		 * Activates this extension and returns its public API.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4703
		 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
4704
		 * @return A promise that will resolve when this extension has been activated.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4705 4706 4707 4708
		 */
		activate(): Thenable<T>;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4709
	/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
4710 4711
	 * An extension context is a collection of utilities private to an
	 * extension.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4712
	 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
4713
	 * An instance of an `ExtensionContext` is provided as the first
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4714 4715
	 * parameter to the `activate`-call of an extension.
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4716 4717 4718 4719
	export interface ExtensionContext {

		/**
		 * An array to which disposables can be added. When this
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4720
		 * extension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4721 4722 4723 4724 4725
		 */
		subscriptions: { dispose(): any }[];

		/**
		 * A memento object that stores state in the context
4726
		 * of the currently opened [workspace](#workspace.workspaceFolders).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4727 4728 4729 4730 4731
		 */
		workspaceState: Memento;

		/**
		 * A memento object that stores state independent
4732
		 * of the current opened [workspace](#workspace.workspaceFolders).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4733 4734 4735 4736
		 */
		globalState: Memento;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4737
		 * The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4738 4739 4740 4741
		 */
		extensionPath: string;

		/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
4742 4743 4744 4745
		 * Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension.
		 *
		 * @param relativePath A relative path to a resource contained in the extension.
		 * @return The absolute path of the resource.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4746 4747
		 */
		asAbsolutePath(relativePath: string): string;
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
4748 4749

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4750 4751 4752
		 * An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extension
		 * can store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is
		 * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
4753
		 *
4754 4755
		 * Use [`workspaceState`](#ExtensionContext.workspaceState) or
		 * [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
4756
		 */
4757
		storagePath: string | undefined;
4758

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4759
		/**
4760
		 * An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767
		 * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is
		 * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
		 *
		 * Use [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data.
		 */
		globalStoragePath: string;

4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773
		/**
		 * An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files.
		 * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However,
		 * the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
		 */
		logPath: string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781
	}

	/**
	 * A memento represents a storage utility. It can store and retrieve
	 * values.
	 */
	export interface Memento {

4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789
		/**
		 * Return a value.
		 *
		 * @param key A string.
		 * @return The stored value or `undefined`.
		 */
		get<T>(key: string): T | undefined;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4790
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4791 4792 4793 4794 4795
		 * Return a value.
		 *
		 * @param key A string.
		 * @param defaultValue A value that should be returned when there is no
		 * value (`undefined`) with the given key.
4796
		 * @return The stored value or the defaultValue.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4797
		 */
4798
		get<T>(key: string, defaultValue: T): T;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4799 4800

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
4801
		 * Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4802 4803 4804
		 *
		 * @param key A string.
		 * @param value A value. MUST not contain cyclic references.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
4805 4806 4807 4808
		 */
		update(key: string, value: any): Thenable<void>;
	}

4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878
	/**
	 * Controls the behaviour of the terminal's visibility.
	 */
	export enum TaskRevealKind {
		/**
		 * Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed.
		 */
		Always = 1,

		/**
		 * Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task
		 * (e.g. the task couldn't be started because).
		 */
		Silent = 2,

		/**
		 * The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed.
		 */
		Never = 3
	}

	/**
	 * Controls how the task channel is used between tasks
	 */
	export enum TaskPanelKind {

		/**
		 * Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default.
		 */
		Shared = 1,

		/**
		 * Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is not
		 * shared with other tasks.
		 */
		Dedicated = 2,

		/**
		 * Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed.
		 */
		New = 3
	}

	/**
	 * Controls how the task is presented in the UI.
	 */
	export interface TaskPresentationOptions {
		/**
		 * Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface.
		 * Defaults to `RevealKind.Always`.
		 */
		reveal?: TaskRevealKind;

		/**
		 * Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoed
		 * in the user interface.
		 */
		echo?: boolean;

		/**
		 * Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus.
		 */
		focus?: boolean;

		/**
		 * Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated),
		 * shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created on
		 * every task execution (new). Defaults to `TaskInstanceKind.Shared`
		 */
		panel?: TaskPanelKind;
4879 4880 4881 4882

		/**
		 * Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message.
		 */
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
4883
		showReuseMessage?: boolean;
A
Alex Ross 已提交
4884 4885 4886 4887 4888

		/**
		 * Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task.
		 */
		clear?: boolean;
4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899
	}

	/**
	 * A grouping for tasks. The editor by default supports the
	 * 'Clean', 'Build', 'RebuildAll' and 'Test' group.
	 */
	export class TaskGroup {

		/**
		 * The clean task group;
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4900
		static Clean: TaskGroup;
4901 4902 4903 4904

		/**
		 * The build task group;
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4905
		static Build: TaskGroup;
4906 4907 4908 4909

		/**
		 * The rebuild all task group;
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4910
		static Rebuild: TaskGroup;
4911 4912 4913 4914

		/**
		 * The test all task group;
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
4915
		static Test: TaskGroup;
4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926

		private constructor(id: string, label: string);
	}


	/**
	 * A structure that defines a task kind in the system.
	 * The value must be JSON-stringifyable.
	 */
	export interface TaskDefinition {
		/**
4927
		 * The task definition describing the task provided by an extension.
4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936
		 * Usually a task provider defines more properties to identify
		 * a task. They need to be defined in the package.json of the
		 * extension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npm
		 * task definition for example looks like this
		 * ```typescript
		 * interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition {
		 *     script: string;
		 * }
		 * ```
4937 4938 4939
		 *
		 * Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internal
		 * usages and shouldn't be used by extensions.
4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967
		 */
		readonly type: string;

		/**
		 * Additional attributes of a concrete task definition.
		 */
		[name: string]: any;
	}

	/**
	 * Options for a process execution
	 */
	export interface ProcessExecutionOptions {
		/**
		 * The current working directory of the executed program or shell.
		 * If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
		 */
		cwd?: string;

		/**
		 * The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted
		 * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with
		 * the parent process' environment.
		 */
		env?: { [key: string]: string };
	}

	/**
4968
	 * The execution of a task happens as an external process
4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006
	 * without shell interaction.
	 */
	export class ProcessExecution {

		/**
		 * Creates a process execution.
		 *
		 * @param process The process to start.
		 * @param options Optional options for the started process.
		 */
		constructor(process: string, options?: ProcessExecutionOptions);

		/**
		 * Creates a process execution.
		 *
		 * @param process The process to start.
		 * @param args Arguments to be passed to the process.
		 * @param options Optional options for the started process.
		 */
		constructor(process: string, args: string[], options?: ProcessExecutionOptions);

		/**
		 * The process to be executed.
		 */
		process: string;

		/**
		 * The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array.
		 */
		args: string[];

		/**
		 * The process options used when the process is executed.
		 * Defaults to undefined.
		 */
		options?: ProcessExecutionOptions;
	}

5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038
	/**
	 * The shell quoting options.
	 */
	export interface ShellQuotingOptions {

		/**
		 * The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spaces
		 * are escaped. If a `{ escapeChar, charsToEscape }` literal is provide all characters
		 * in `charsToEscape` are escaped using the `escapeChar`.
		 */
		escape?: string | {
			/**
			 * The escape character.
			 */
			escapeChar: string;
			/**
			 * The characters to escape.
			 */
			charsToEscape: string;
		};

		/**
		 * The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1.
		 */
		strong?: string;

		/**
		 * The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1.
		 */
		weak?: string;
	}

5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048
	/**
	 * Options for a shell execution
	 */
	export interface ShellExecutionOptions {
		/**
		 * The shell executable.
		 */
		executable?: string;

		/**
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5049 5050 5051 5052
		 * The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shells
		 * require special arguments to execute a command. For  example `bash` requires the `-c`
		 * argument to execute a command, `PowerShell` requires `-Command` and `cmd` requires both
		 * `/d` and `/c`.
5053 5054 5055
		 */
		shellArgs?: string[];

5056 5057 5058 5059 5060
		/**
		 * The shell quotes supported by this shell.
		 */
		shellQuoting?: ShellQuotingOptions;

5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074
		/**
		 * The current working directory of the executed shell.
		 * If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
		 */
		cwd?: string;

		/**
		 * The additional environment of the executed shell. If omitted
		 * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with
		 * the parent process' environment.
		 */
		env?: { [key: string]: string };
	}

5075 5076
	/**
	 * Defines how an argument should be quoted if it contains
5077
	 * spaces or unsupported characters.
5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119
	 */
	export enum ShellQuoting {

		/**
		 * Character escaping should be used. This for example
		 * uses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell.
		 */
		Escape = 1,

		/**
		 * Strong string quoting should be used. This for example
		 * uses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell.
		 * Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings.
		 * Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' will
		 * print `The value is $(2 * 3)`
		 */
		Strong = 2,

		/**
		 * Weak string quoting should be used. This for example
		 * uses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quoting
		 * still performs some kind of evaluation inside the quoted
		 * string.  Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)"
		 * will print `The value is 6`
		 */
		Weak = 3
	}

	/**
	 * A string that will be quoted depending on the used shell.
	 */
	export interface ShellQuotedString {
		/**
		 * The actual string value.
		 */
		value: string;

		/**
		 * The quoting style to use.
		 */
		quoting: ShellQuoting;
	}
5120 5121 5122

	export class ShellExecution {
		/**
5123
		 * Creates a shell execution with a full command line.
5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130
		 *
		 * @param commandLine The command line to execute.
		 * @param options Optional options for the started the shell.
		 */
		constructor(commandLine: string, options?: ShellExecutionOptions);

		/**
5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143
		 * Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution VS Code will
		 * construct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretation
		 * especially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed please
		 * use the constructor that creates a `ShellExecution` with the full command line.
		 *
		 * @param command The command to execute.
		 * @param args The command arguments.
		 * @param options Optional options for the started the shell.
		 */
		constructor(command: string | ShellQuotedString, args: (string | ShellQuotedString)[], options?: ShellExecutionOptions);

		/**
		 * The shell command line. Is `undefined` if created with a command and arguments.
5144 5145 5146
		 */
		commandLine: string;

5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156
		/**
		 * The shell command. Is `undefined` if created with a full command line.
		 */
		command: string | ShellQuotedString;

		/**
		 * The shell args. Is `undefined` if created with a full command line.
		 */
		args: (string | ShellQuotedString)[];

5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163
		/**
		 * The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell.
		 * Defaults to undefined.
		 */
		options?: ShellExecutionOptions;
	}

D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178
	/**
	 * The scope of a task.
	 */
	export enum TaskScope {
		/**
		 * The task is a global task
		 */
		Global = 1,

		/**
		 * The task is a workspace task
		 */
		Workspace = 2
	}

5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188
	/**
	 * Run options for a task.
	 */
	export interface RunOptions {
		/**
		 * Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun.
		 */
		reevaluateOnRerun?: boolean;
	}

5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194
	/**
	 * A task to execute
	 */
	export class Task {

		/**
5195
		 * Creates a new task.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5196
		 *
5197
		 * @param definition The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.
5198
		 * @param scope Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5199
		 * @param name The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.
5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205
		 * @param source The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.
		 * @param execution The process or shell execution.
		 * @param problemMatchers the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
		 *  or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
		 *  the `problemMatchers` extension point.
		 */
5206
		constructor(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, scope: WorkspaceFolder | TaskScope.Global | TaskScope.Workspace, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]);
5207

D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5208
		/**
5209 5210
		 * ~~Creates a new task.~~
		 *
5211
		 * @deprecated Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220
		 *
		 * @param definition The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point.
		 * @param name The task's name. Is presented in the user interface.
		 * @param source The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface.
		 * @param execution The process or shell execution.
		 * @param problemMatchers the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
		 *  or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
		 *  the `problemMatchers` extension point.
		 */
5221
		constructor(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]);
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5222

5223 5224 5225 5226 5227
		/**
		 * The task's definition.
		 */
		definition: TaskDefinition;

D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5228
		/**
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5229
		 * The task's scope.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5230
		 */
5231
		readonly scope?: TaskScope.Global | TaskScope.Workspace | WorkspaceFolder;
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5232

5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240
		/**
		 * The task's name
		 */
		name: string;

		/**
		 * The task's execution engine
		 */
5241
		execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution;
5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271

		/**
		 * Whether the task is a background task or not.
		 */
		isBackground: boolean;

		/**
		 * A human-readable string describing the source of this
		 * shell task, e.g. 'gulp' or 'npm'.
		 */
		source: string;

		/**
		 * The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroup
		 * for a predefined set of available groups.
		 * Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn't
		 * belong to any special group.
		 */
		group?: TaskGroup;

		/**
		 * The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal.
		 */
		presentationOptions: TaskPresentationOptions;

		/**
		 * The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an empty
		 * array.
		 */
		problemMatchers: string[];
5272 5273 5274 5275 5276

		/**
		 * Run options for the task
		 */
		runOptions: RunOptions;
5277 5278 5279 5280
	}

	/**
	 * A task provider allows to add tasks to the task service.
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5281
	 * A task provider is registered via #tasks.registerTaskProvider.
5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291
	 */
	export interface TaskProvider {
		/**
		 * Provides tasks.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return an array of tasks
		 */
		provideTasks(token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Task[]>;

		/**
5292
		 * Resolves a task that has no [`execution`](#Task.execution) set. Tasks are
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5293
		 * often created from information found in the `tasks.json`-file. Such tasks miss
5294
		 * the information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill in
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5295 5296 5297 5298
		 * the missing information in the `resolveTask`-method. This method will not be
		 * called for tasks returned from the above `provideTasks` method since those
		 * tasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for the
		 * `resolveTask` method is to return `undefined`.
5299
		 *
5300 5301
		 * @param task The task to resolve.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
5302
		 * @return The resolved task
5303 5304 5305 5306
		 */
		resolveTask(task: Task, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Task>;
	}

D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429
	/**
	 * An object representing an executed Task. It can be used
	 * to terminate a task.
	 *
	 * This interface is not intended to be implemented.
	 */
	export interface TaskExecution {
		/**
		 * The task that got started.
		 */
		task: Task;

		/**
		 * Terminates the task execution.
		 */
		terminate(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * An event signaling the start of a task execution.
	 *
	 * This interface is not intended to be implemented.
	 */
	interface TaskStartEvent {
		/**
		 * The task item representing the task that got started.
		 */
		execution: TaskExecution;
	}

	/**
	 * An event signaling the end of an executed task.
	 *
	 * This interface is not intended to be implemented.
	 */
	interface TaskEndEvent {
		/**
		 * The task item representing the task that finished.
		 */
		execution: TaskExecution;
	}

	/**
	 * An event signaling the start of a process execution
	 * triggered through a task
	 */
	export interface TaskProcessStartEvent {

		/**
		 * The task execution for which the process got started.
		 */
		execution: TaskExecution;

		/**
		 * The underlying process id.
		 */
		processId: number;
	}

	/**
	 * An event signaling the end of a process execution
	 * triggered through a task
	 */
	export interface TaskProcessEndEvent {

		/**
		 * The task execution for which the process got started.
		 */
		execution: TaskExecution;

		/**
		 * The process's exit code.
		 */
		exitCode: number;
	}

	export interface TaskFilter {
		/**
		 * The task version as used in the tasks.json file.
		 * The string support the package.json semver notation.
		 */
		version?: string;

		/**
		 * The task type to return;
		 */
		type?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * Namespace for tasks functionality.
	 */
	export namespace tasks {

		/**
		 * Register a task provider.
		 *
		 * @param type The task kind type this provider is registered for.
		 * @param provider A task provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider): Disposable;

		/**
		 * Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasks
		 * from `tasks.json` files as well as tasks from task providers
		 * contributed through extensions.
		 *
		 * @param filter a filter to filter the return tasks.
		 */
		export function fetchTasks(filter?: TaskFilter): Thenable<Task[]>;

		/**
		 * Executes a task that is managed by VS Code. The returned
		 * task execution can be used to terminate the task.
		 *
		 * @param task the task to execute
		 */
		export function executeTask(task: Task): Thenable<TaskExecution>;

		/**
		 * The currently active task executions or an empty array.
		 */
5430
		export const taskExecutions: ReadonlyArray<TaskExecution>;
D
Dirk Baeumer 已提交
5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456

		/**
		 * Fires when a task starts.
		 */
		export const onDidStartTask: Event<TaskStartEvent>;

		/**
		 * Fires when a task ends.
		 */
		export const onDidEndTask: Event<TaskEndEvent>;

		/**
		 * Fires when the underlying process has been started.
		 * This event will not fire for tasks that don't
		 * execute an underlying process.
		 */
		export const onDidStartTaskProcess: Event<TaskProcessStartEvent>;

		/**
		 * Fires when the underlying process has ended.
		 * This event will not fire for tasks that don't
		 * execute an underlying process.
		 */
		export const onDidEndTaskProcess: Event<TaskProcessEndEvent>;
	}

5457
	/**
5458 5459 5460
	 * Enumeration of file types. The types `File` and `Directory` can also be
	 * a symbolic links, in that use `FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink` and
	 * `FileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink`.
5461
	 */
5462 5463 5464 5465 5466
	export enum FileType {
		/**
		 * The file type is unknown.
		 */
		Unknown = 0,
5467
		/**
5468
		 * A regular file.
5469
		 */
5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479
		File = 1,
		/**
		 * A directory.
		 */
		Directory = 2,
		/**
		 * A symbolic link to a file.
		 */
		SymbolicLink = 64
	}
5480

5481
	/**
5482
	 * The `FileStat`-type represents metadata about a file
5483 5484
	 */
	export interface FileStat {
5485
		/**
5486 5487
		 * The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic link
		 * to a file.
5488
		 */
5489
		type: FileType;
5490
		/**
5491
		 * The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
5492
		 */
5493
		ctime: number;
5494
		/**
5495
		 * The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506
		 */
		mtime: number;
		/**
		 * The size in bytes.
		 */
		size: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A type that filesystem providers should use to signal errors.
	 *
D
David Linskey 已提交
5507 5508
	 * This class has factory methods for common error-cases, like `FileNotFound` when
	 * a file or folder doesn't exist, use them like so: `throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);`
5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536
	 */
	export class FileSystemError extends Error {

		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static FileNotFound(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. when
		 * creating but not overwriting a file.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static FileExists(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static FileNotADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that a file is a folder.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static FileIsADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542
		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static NoPermissions(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549
		/**
		 * Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy to
		 * complete a request.
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		static Unavailable(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError;

5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603
		/**
		 * Creates a new filesystem error.
		 *
		 * @param messageOrUri Message or uri.
		 */
		constructor(messageOrUri?: string | Uri);
	}

	/**
	 * Enumeration of file change types.
	 */
	export enum FileChangeType {

		/**
		 * The contents or metadata of a file have changed.
		 */
		Changed = 1,

		/**
		 * A file has been created.
		 */
		Created = 2,

		/**
		 * A file has been deleted.
		 */
		Deleted = 3,
	}

	/**
	 * The event filesystem providers must use to signal a file change.
	 */
	export interface FileChangeEvent {

		/**
		 * The type of change.
		 */
		type: FileChangeType;

		/**
		 * The uri of the file that has changed.
		 */
		uri: Uri;
	}

	/**
	 * The filesystem provider defines what the editor needs to read, write, discover,
	 * and to manage files and folders. It allows extensions to serve files from remote places,
	 * like ftp-servers, and to seamlessly integrate those into the editor.
	 *
	 * * *Note 1:* The filesystem provider API works with [uris](#Uri) and assumes hierarchical
	 * paths, e.g. `foo:/my/path` is a child of `foo:/my/` and a parent of `foo:/my/path/deeper`.
	 * * *Note 2:* There is an activation event `onFileSystem:<scheme>` that fires when a file
	 * or folder is being accessed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5604 5605
	 * * *Note 3:* The word 'file' is often used to denote all [kinds](#FileType) of files, e.g.
	 * folders, symbolic links, and regular files.
5606 5607 5608 5609 5610
	 */
	export interface FileSystemProvider {

		/**
		 * An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. This
5611
		 * event should fire for resources that are being [watched](#FileSystemProvider.watch)
5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617
		 * by clients of this provider.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeFile: Event<FileChangeEvent[]>;

		/**
		 * Subscribe to events in the file or folder denoted by `uri`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5618 5619 5620 5621 5622
		 *
		 * The editor will call this function for files and folders. In the latter case, the
		 * options differ from defaults, e.g. what files/folders to exclude from watching
		 * and if subfolders, sub-subfolder, etc. should be watched (`recursive`).
		 *
5623 5624
		 * @param uri The uri of the file to be watched.
		 * @param options Configures the watch.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5625
		 * @returns A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching the `uri`.
5626
		 */
5627
		watch(uri: Uri, options: { recursive: boolean; excludes: string[] }): Disposable;
5628 5629

		/**
5630
		 * Retrieve metadata about a file.
5631
		 *
5632 5633 5634 5635
		 * Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to.
		 * Still, the [SymbolicLink](#FileType.SymbolicLink)-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g.
		 * `FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory`.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5636
		 * @param uri The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about.
5637
		 * @return The file metadata about the file.
5638
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist.
5639
		 */
5640
		stat(uri: Uri): FileStat | Thenable<FileStat>;
5641 5642

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5643
		 * Retrieve all entries of a [directory](#FileType.Directory).
5644 5645
		 *
		 * @param uri The uri of the folder.
5646 5647
		 * @return An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such.
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist.
5648
		 */
5649
		readDirectory(uri: Uri): [string, FileType][] | Thenable<[string, FileType][]>;
5650 5651

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5652
		 * Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via `write`-calls).
5653
		 *
5654
		 * @param uri The uri of the new folder.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5655
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when the parent of `uri` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
5656
		 * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `uri` already exists.
5657
		 * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient.
5658
		 */
5659
		createDirectory(uri: Uri): void | Thenable<void>;
5660 5661 5662 5663 5664

		/**
		 * Read the entire contents of a file.
		 *
		 * @param uri The uri of the file.
5665 5666
		 * @return An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such.
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist.
5667
		 */
5668
		readFile(uri: Uri): Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array>;
5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674

		/**
		 * Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.
		 *
		 * @param uri The uri of the file.
		 * @param content The new content of the file.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5675
		 * @param options Defines if missing files should or must be created.
5676
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist and `create` is not set.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5677
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when the parent of `uri` doesn't exist and `create` is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5678
		 * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `uri` already exists, `create` is set but `overwrite` is not set.
5679
		 * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient.
5680
		 */
5681
		writeFile(uri: Uri, content: Uint8Array, options: { create: boolean, overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable<void>;
5682 5683

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5684
		 * Delete a file.
5685
		 *
5686 5687 5688
		 * @param uri The resource that is to be deleted.
		 * @param options Defines if deletion of folders is recursive.
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist.
5689
		 * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient.
5690
		 */
5691
		delete(uri: Uri, options: { recursive: boolean }): void | Thenable<void>;
5692 5693 5694 5695

		/**
		 * Rename a file or folder.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5696 5697
		 * @param oldUri The existing file.
		 * @param newUri The new location.
5698
		 * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten.
5699
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `oldUri` doesn't exist.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5700
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when parent of `newUri` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
5701
		 * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `newUri` exists and when the `overwrite` option is not `true`.
5702
		 * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient.
5703
		 */
5704
		rename(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options: { overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable<void>;
5705 5706 5707 5708 5709

		/**
		 * Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedup
		 * the copy operation.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5710
		 * @param source The existing file.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5711
		 * @param destination The destination location.
5712
		 * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5713 5714
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `source` doesn't exist.
		 * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when parent of `destination` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
5715
		 * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `destination` exists and when the `overwrite` option is not `true`.
5716
		 * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient.
5717
		 */
5718
		copy?(source: Uri, destination: Uri, options: { overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable<void>;
5719 5720
	}

5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735
	/**
	 * Defines a port mapping used for localhost inside the webview.
	 */
	export interface WebviewPortMapping {
		/**
		 * Localhost port to remap inside the webview.
		 */
		readonly webviewPort: number;

		/**
		 * Destination port. The `webviewPort` is resolved to this port.
		 */
		readonly extensionHostPort: number;
	}

5736 5737 5738 5739 5740
	/**
	 * Content settings for a webview.
	 */
	export interface WebviewOptions {
		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5741
		 * Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not.
5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747
		 *
		 * Defaults to false (scripts-disabled).
		 */
		readonly enableScripts?: boolean;

		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5748
		 * Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not.
5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761
		 *
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		readonly enableCommandUris?: boolean;

		/**
		 * Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using the `vscode-resource:` scheme.
		 *
		 * Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory.
		 *
		 * Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources.
		 */
		readonly localResourceRoots?: ReadonlyArray<Uri>;
5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769

		/**
		 * Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview.
		 *
		 * Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be used
		 * to allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service is
		 * running on.
		 *
5770
		 * If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even if
5771
		 * the `webviewPort` and `extensionHostPort` ports are the same.
5772 5773 5774
		 *
		 * *Note* that port mappings only work for `http` or `https` urls. Websocket urls (e.g. `ws://localhost:3000`)
		 * cannot be mapped to another port.
5775 5776
		 */
		readonly portMapping?: ReadonlyArray<WebviewPortMapping>;
5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785
	}

	/**
	 * A webview displays html content, like an iframe.
	 */
	export interface Webview {
		/**
		 * Content settings for the webview.
		 */
5786
		options: WebviewOptions;
5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802

		/**
		 * Contents of the webview.
		 *
		 * Should be a complete html document.
		 */
		html: string;

		/**
		 * Fired when the webview content posts a message.
		 */
		readonly onDidReceiveMessage: Event<any>;

		/**
		 * Post a message to the webview content.
		 *
5803
		 * Messages are only delivered if the webview is visible.
5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814
		 *
		 * @param message Body of the message.
		 */
		postMessage(message: any): Thenable<boolean>;
	}

	/**
	 * Content settings for a webview panel.
	 */
	export interface WebviewPanelOptions {
		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5815
		 * Controls if the find widget is enabled in the panel.
5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821
		 *
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		readonly enableFindWidget?: boolean;

		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5822 5823
		 * Controls if the webview panel's content (iframe) is kept around even when the panel
		 * is no longer visible.
5824 5825
		 *
		 * Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visible
N
Nick Schonning 已提交
5826
		 * and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state
5827
		 * or UI can set the `retainContextWhenHidden` to make VS Code keep the webview
5828 5829 5830 5831 5832
		 * context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using
		 * `retainContextWhenHidden` becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended.
		 * When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored
		 * in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a
		 * hidden webview, even with `retainContextWhenHidden` enabled.
5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844
		 *
		 * `retainContextWhenHidden` has a high memory overhead and should only be used if
		 * your panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored.
		 */
		readonly retainContextWhenHidden?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * A panel that contains a webview.
	 */
	interface WebviewPanel {
		/**
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5845
		 * Identifies the type of the webview panel, such as `'markdown.preview'`.
5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853
		 */
		readonly viewType: string;

		/**
		 * Title of the panel shown in UI.
		 */
		title: string;

5854 5855 5856 5857 5858
		/**
		 * Icon for the panel shown in UI.
		 */
		iconPath?: Uri | { light: Uri; dark: Uri };

5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870
		/**
		 * Webview belonging to the panel.
		 */
		readonly webview: Webview;

		/**
		 * Content settings for the webview panel.
		 */
		readonly options: WebviewPanelOptions;

		/**
		 * Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is in
5871
		 * one of the editor view columns.
5872 5873 5874
		 */
		readonly viewColumn?: ViewColumn;

M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5875
		/**
5876
		 * Whether the panel is active (focused by the user).
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5877 5878 5879
		 */
		readonly active: boolean;

5880
		/**
5881
		 * Whether the panel is visible.
5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904
		 */
		readonly visible: boolean;

		/**
		 * Fired when the panel's view state changes.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeViewState: Event<WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent>;

		/**
		 * Fired when the panel is disposed.
		 *
		 * This may be because the user closed the panel or because `.dispose()` was
		 * called on it.
		 *
		 * Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception.
		 */
		readonly onDidDispose: Event<void>;

		/**
		 * Show the webview panel in a given column.
		 *
		 * A webview panel may only show in a single column at a time. If it is already showing, this
		 * method moves it to a new column.
5905 5906
		 *
		 * @param viewColumn View column to show the panel in. Shows in the current `viewColumn` if undefined.
5907
		 * @param preserveFocus When `true`, the webview will not take focus.
5908
		 */
5909
		reveal(viewColumn?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void;
5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930

		/**
		 * Dispose of the webview panel.
		 *
		 * This closes the panel if it showing and disposes of the resources owned by the webview.
		 * Webview panels are also disposed when the user closes the webview panel. Both cases
		 * fire the `onDispose` event.
		 */
		dispose(): any;
	}

	/**
	 * Event fired when a webview panel's view state changes.
	 */
	export interface WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent {
		/**
		 * Webview panel whose view state changed.
		 */
		readonly webviewPanel: WebviewPanel;
	}

5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956
	/**
	 * Restore webview panels that have been persisted when vscode shuts down.
	 *
	 * There are two types of webview persistence:
	 *
	 * - Persistence within a session.
	 * - Persistence across sessions (across restarts of VS Code).
	 *
	 * A `WebviewPanelSerializer` is only required for the second case: persisting a webview across sessions.
	 *
	 * Persistence within a session allows a webview to save its state when it becomes hidden
	 * and restore its content from this state when it becomes visible again. It is powered entirely
	 * by the webview content itself. To save off a persisted state, call `acquireVsCodeApi().setState()` with
	 * any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call `getState()`
	 *
	 * ```js
	 * // Within the webview
	 * const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();
	 *
	 * // Get existing state
	 * const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };
	 *
	 * // Update state
	 * setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 })
	 * ```
	 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5957 5958
	 * A `WebviewPanelSerializer` extends this persistence across restarts of VS Code. When the editor is shutdown,
	 * VS Code will save off the state from `setState` of all webviews that have a serializer. When the
5959 5960 5961 5962 5963
	 * webview first becomes visible after the restart, this state is passed to `deserializeWebviewPanel`.
	 * The extension can then restore the old `WebviewPanel` from this state.
	 */
	interface WebviewPanelSerializer {
		/**
5964
		 * Restore a webview panel from its serialized `state`.
5965 5966 5967
		 *
		 * Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible.
		 *
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
5968 5969 5970
		 * @param webviewPanel Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. The
		 * serializer must restore the webview's `.html` and hook up all webview events.
		 * @param state Persisted state from the webview content.
5971
		 *
S
Simon Siefke 已提交
5972
		 * @return Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored.
5973 5974 5975 5976
		 */
		deserializeWebviewPanel(webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, state: any): Thenable<void>;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994
	/**
	 * The clipboard provides read and write access to the system's clipboard.
	 */
	export interface Clipboard {

		/**
		 * Read the current clipboard contents as text.
		 * @returns A thenable that resolves to a string.
		 */
		readText(): Thenable<string>;

		/**
		 * Writes text into the clipboard.
		 * @returns A thenable that resolves when writing happened.
		 */
		writeText(value: string): Thenable<void>;
	}

5995 5996 5997 5998 5999
	/**
	 * Namespace describing the environment the editor runs in.
	 */
	export namespace env {

6000 6001 6002
		/**
		 * The application name of the editor, like 'VS Code'.
		 */
6003
		export const appName: string;
6004

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6005 6006 6007
		/**
		 * The application root folder from which the editor is running.
		 */
6008
		export const appRoot: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6009

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
6010 6011 6012 6013 6014
		/**
		 * The custom uri scheme the editor registers to in the operating system.
		 */
		export const uriScheme: string;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6015 6016 6017
		/**
		 * Represents the preferred user-language, like `de-CH`, `fr`, or `en-US`.
		 */
6018
		export const language: string;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6019

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6020 6021 6022 6023 6024
		/**
		 * The system clipboard.
		 */
		export const clipboard: Clipboard;

6025 6026 6027
		/**
		 * A unique identifier for the computer.
		 */
6028
		export const machineId: string;
6029 6030 6031 6032 6033

		/**
		 * A unique identifier for the current session.
		 * Changes each time the editor is started.
		 */
6034
		export const sessionId: string;
6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045

		/**
		 * Opens an *external* item, e.g. a http(s) or mailto-link, using the
		 * default application.
		 *
		 * *Note* that [`showTextDocument`](#window.showTextDocument) is the right
		 * way to open a text document inside the editor, not this function.
		 *
		 * @param target The uri that should be opened.
		 * @returns A promise indicating if open was successful.
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6046
		export function openExternal(target: Uri): Thenable<boolean>;
6047 6048
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6049
	/**
6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057
	 * Namespace for dealing with commands. In short, a command is a function with a
	 * unique identifier. The function is sometimes also called _command handler_.
	 *
	 * Commands can be added to the editor using the [registerCommand](#commands.registerCommand)
	 * and [registerTextEditorCommand](#commands.registerTextEditorCommand) functions. Commands
	 * can be executed [manually](#commands.executeCommand) or from a UI gesture. Those are:
	 *
	 * * palette - Use the `commands`-section in `package.json` to make a command show in
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
6058
	 * the [command palette](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/userinterface#_command-palette).
6059
	 * * keybinding - Use the `keybindings`-section in `package.json` to enable
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
6060
	 * [keybindings](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/keybindings#_customizing-shortcuts)
6061 6062
	 * for your extension.
	 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6063
	 * Commands from other extensions and from the editor itself are accessible to an extension. However,
6064 6065 6066
	 * when invoking an editor command not all argument types are supported.
	 *
	 * This is a sample that registers a command handler and adds an entry for that command to the palette. First
G
Gama11 已提交
6067
	 * register a command handler with the identifier `extension.sayHello`.
6068 6069
	 * ```javascript
	 * commands.registerCommand('extension.sayHello', () => {
6070
	 * 	window.showInformationMessage('Hello World!');
6071 6072
	 * });
	 * ```
G
Gama11 已提交
6073
	 * Second, bind the command identifier to a title under which it will show in the palette (`package.json`).
6074 6075
	 * ```json
	 * {
6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081
	 * 	"contributes": {
	 * 		"commands": [{
	 * 			"command": "extension.sayHello",
	 * 			"title": "Hello World"
	 * 		}]
	 * 	}
6082 6083
	 * }
	 * ```
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6084 6085 6086 6087 6088
	 */
	export namespace commands {

		/**
		 * Registers a command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut,
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6089
		 * a menu item, an action, or directly.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6090
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6091 6092 6093 6094 6095
		 * Registering a command with an existing command identifier twice
		 * will cause an error.
		 *
		 * @param command A unique identifier for the command.
		 * @param callback A command handler function.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6096
		 * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6097
		 * @return Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6098 6099 6100 6101
		 */
		export function registerCommand(command: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => any, thisArg?: any): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6102
		 * Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut,
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6103
		 * a menu item, an action, or directly.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6104
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6105
		 * Text editor commands are different from ordinary [commands](#commands.registerCommand) as
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6106
		 * they only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, the
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6107 6108 6109 6110 6111
		 * command handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to an
		 * [edit](#TextEditorEdit)-builder.
		 *
		 * @param command A unique identifier for the command.
		 * @param callback A command handler function with access to an [editor](#TextEditor) and an [edit](#TextEditorEdit).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6112
		 * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6113
		 * @return Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6114
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6115
		export function registerTextEditorCommand(command: string, callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, ...args: any[]) => void, thisArg?: any): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6116 6117

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6118 6119
		 * Executes the command denoted by the given command identifier.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6120
		 * * *Note 1:* When executing an editor command not all types are allowed to
6121
		 * be passed as arguments. Allowed are the primitive types `string`, `boolean`,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6122 6123
		 * `number`, `undefined`, and `null`, as well as [`Position`](#Position), [`Range`](#Range), [`Uri`](#Uri) and [`Location`](#Location).
		 * * *Note 2:* There are no restrictions when executing commands that have been contributed
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6124
		 * by extensions.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6125
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6126
		 * @param command Identifier of the command to execute.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6127 6128 6129
		 * @param rest Parameters passed to the command function.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the returned value of the given command. `undefined` when
		 * the command handler function doesn't return anything.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6130
		 */
6131
		export function executeCommand<T>(command: string, ...rest: any[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6132 6133

		/**
6134 6135
		 * Retrieve the list of all available commands. Commands starting an underscore are
		 * treated as internal commands.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6136
		 *
6137
		 * @param filterInternal Set `true` to not see internal commands (starting with an underscore)
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6138 6139
		 * @return Thenable that resolves to a list of command ids.
		 */
6140
		export function getCommands(filterInternal?: boolean): Thenable<string[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6141 6142
	}

J
Joao 已提交
6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153
	/**
	 * Represents the state of a window.
	 */
	export interface WindowState {

		/**
		 * Whether the current window is focused.
		 */
		readonly focused: boolean;
	}

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6154
	/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6155
	 * A uri handler is responsible for handling system-wide [uris](#Uri).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161
	 *
	 * @see [window.registerUriHandler](#window.registerUriHandler).
	 */
	export interface UriHandler {

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6162
		 * Handle the provided system-wide [uri](#Uri).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168
		 *
		 * @see [window.registerUriHandler](#window.registerUriHandler).
		 */
		handleUri(uri: Uri): ProviderResult<void>;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6169
	/**
6170 6171 6172
	 * Namespace for dealing with the current window of the editor. That is visible
	 * and active editors, as well as, UI elements to show messages, selections, and
	 * asking for user input.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6173 6174 6175 6176
	 */
	export namespace window {

		/**
6177
		 * The currently active editor or `undefined`. The active editor is the one
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6178
		 * that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6179 6180
		 * input most recently.
		 */
6181
		export let activeTextEditor: TextEditor | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6182 6183

		/**
6184
		 * The currently visible editors or an empty array.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6185 6186 6187 6188
		 */
		export let visibleTextEditors: TextEditor[];

		/**
6189
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6190
		 * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active editor changes
6191
		 * to `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6192
		 */
6193
		export const onDidChangeActiveTextEditor: Event<TextEditor | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6194

6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the array of [visible editors](#window.visibleTextEditors)
		 * has changed.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors: Event<TextEditor[]>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6201
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
6202
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the selection in an editor has changed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6203 6204 6205
		 */
		export const onDidChangeTextEditorSelection: Event<TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent>;

6206
		/**
6207
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed.
6208 6209 6210
		 */
		export const onDidChangeTextEditorVisibleRanges: Event<TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6211 6212 6213 6214 6215
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the options of an editor have changed.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeTextEditorOptions: Event<TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent>;

6216
		/**
G
Greg Van Liew 已提交
6217
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the view column of an editor has changed.
6218
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6219
		export const onDidChangeTextEditorViewColumn: Event<TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent>;
6220

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6221 6222 6223 6224 6225
		/**
		 * The currently opened terminals or an empty array.
		 */
		export const terminals: ReadonlyArray<Terminal>;

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238
		/**
		 * The currently active terminal or `undefined`. The active terminal is the one that
		 * currently has focus or most recently had focus.
		 */
		export const activeTerminal: Terminal | undefined;

		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active terminal](#window.activeTerminal)
		 * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active terminal changes
		 * to `undefined`.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeActiveTerminal: Event<Terminal | undefined>;

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when a terminal has been created, either through the
		 * [createTerminal](#window.createTerminal) API or commands.
		 */
		export const onDidOpenTerminal: Event<Terminal>;

6245
		/**
6246
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when a terminal is disposed.
6247 6248 6249
		 */
		export const onDidCloseTerminal: Event<Terminal>;

J
Joao 已提交
6250 6251 6252
		/**
		 * Represents the current window's state.
		 */
6253
		export const state: WindowState;
J
Joao 已提交
6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260

		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the focus state of the current window
		 * changes. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeWindowState: Event<WindowState>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6261 6262 6263 6264 6265
		/**
		 * Show the given document in a text editor. A [column](#ViewColumn) can be provided
		 * to control where the editor is being shown. Might change the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor).
		 *
		 * @param document A text document to be shown.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6266
		 * @param column A view column in which the [editor](#TextEditor) should be shown. The default is the [active](#ViewColumn.Active), other values
6267 6268
		 * are adjusted to be `Min(column, columnCount + 1)`, the [active](#ViewColumn.Active)-column is not adjusted. Use [`ViewColumn.Beside`](#ViewColumn.Beside)
		 * to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
6269
		 * @param preserveFocus When `true` the editor will not take focus.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6270 6271
		 * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor).
		 */
6272
		export function showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): Thenable<TextEditor>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6273

6274
		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6275 6276
		 * Show the given document in a text editor. [Options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) can be provided
		 * to control options of the editor is being shown. Might change the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor).
6277 6278
		 *
		 * @param document A text document to be shown.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6279
		 * @param options [Editor options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) to configure the behavior of showing the [editor](#TextEditor).
6280 6281
		 * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor).
		 */
6282
		export function showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable<TextEditor>;
6283

B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6284
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6285
		 * A short-hand for `openTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options))`.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6286
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6287
		 * @see [openTextDocument](#openTextDocument)
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6288 6289
		 *
		 * @param uri A resource identifier.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6290
		 * @param options [Editor options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) to configure the behavior of showing the [editor](#TextEditor).
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
6291 6292 6293 6294
		 * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor).
		 */
		export function showTextDocument(uri: Uri, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable<TextEditor>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6295
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6296 6297 6298 6299
		 * Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors.
		 *
		 * @param options Rendering options for the decoration type.
		 * @return A new decoration type instance.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306
		 */
		export function createTextEditorDecorationType(options: DecorationRenderOptions): TextEditorDecorationType;

		/**
		 * Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as
		 * clickable buttons.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6307 6308
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6309
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6310
		 */
6311
		export function showInformationMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6312

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321
		/**
		 * Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as
		 * clickable buttons.
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6322
		export function showInformationMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6323 6324

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6325
		 * Show an information message.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6326
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6327
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6328 6329 6330
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6331
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6332
		 */
6333
		export function showInformationMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6334

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344
		/**
		 * Show an information message.
		 *
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6345
		export function showInformationMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6346 6347

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6348
		 * Show a warning message.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6349
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6350
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6351 6352 6353
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6354
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6355
		 */
6356
		export function showWarningMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6357

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367
		/**
		 * Show a warning message.
		 *
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6368
		export function showWarningMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6369 6370

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6371
		 * Show a warning message.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6372
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6373
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6374 6375 6376
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6377
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6378
		 */
6379
		export function showWarningMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6380

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390
		/**
		 * Show a warning message.
		 *
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6391
		export function showWarningMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6392 6393

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6394
		 * Show an error message.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6395
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6396
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6397 6398 6399
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6400
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6401
		 */
6402
		export function showErrorMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6403

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413
		/**
		 * Show an error message.
		 *
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6414
		export function showErrorMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6415 6416

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6417
		 * Show an error message.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6418
		 *
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6419
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6420 6421 6422
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
6423
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6424
		 */
6425
		export function showErrorMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6426

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436
		/**
		 * Show an error message.
		 *
		 * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage)
		 *
		 * @param message The message to show.
		 * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message.
		 * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed.
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6437
		export function showErrorMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6438

C
Christof Marti 已提交
6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446
		/**
		 * Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
		 *
		 * @param items An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list.
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation.
		 * @return A promise that resolves to the selected items or `undefined`.
		 */
6447
		export function showQuickPick(items: string[] | Thenable<string[]>, options: QuickPickOptions & { canPickMany: true; }, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string[] | undefined>;
C
Christof Marti 已提交
6448

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6449 6450 6451
		/**
		 * Shows a selection list.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6452 6453
		 * @param items An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings.
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list.
6454
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation.
C
Christof Marti 已提交
6455
		 * @return A promise that resolves to the selection or `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6456
		 */
6457
		export function showQuickPick(items: string[] | Thenable<string[]>, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6458

C
Christof Marti 已提交
6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466
		/**
		 * Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
		 *
		 * @param items An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list.
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation.
		 * @return A promise that resolves to the selected items or `undefined`.
		 */
6467
		export function showQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(items: T[] | Thenable<T[]>, options: QuickPickOptions & { canPickMany: true; }, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<T[] | undefined>;
C
Christof Marti 已提交
6468

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6469 6470 6471
		/**
		 * Shows a selection list.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6472 6473
		 * @param items An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items.
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list.
6474
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation.
C
Christof Marti 已提交
6475
		 * @return A promise that resolves to the selected item or `undefined`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6476
		 */
6477
		export function showQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(items: T[] | Thenable<T[]>, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<T | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6478

6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487
		/**
		 * Shows a selection list of [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) to pick from.
		 * Returns `undefined` if no folder is open.
		 *
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list.
		 * @return A promise that resolves to the workspace folder or `undefined`.
		 */
		export function showWorkspaceFolderPick(options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions): Thenable<WorkspaceFolder | undefined>;

6488
		/**
6489 6490
		 * Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a file
		 * for opening-purposes.
6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497
		 *
		 * @param options Options that control the dialog.
		 * @returns A promise that resolves to the selected resources or `undefined`.
		 */
		export function showOpenDialog(options: OpenDialogOptions): Thenable<Uri[] | undefined>;

		/**
6498 6499
		 * Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a file
		 * for saving-purposes.
6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505
		 *
		 * @param options Options that control the dialog.
		 * @returns A promise that resolves to the selected resource or `undefined`.
		 */
		export function showSaveDialog(options: SaveDialogOptions): Thenable<Uri | undefined>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6506 6507 6508
		/**
		 * Opens an input box to ask the user for input.
		 *
6509
		 * The returned value will be `undefined` if the input box was canceled (e.g. pressing ESC). Otherwise the
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
6510
		 * returned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not type
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6511
		 * anything but dismissed the input box with OK.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6512
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6513
		 * @param options Configures the behavior of the input box.
6514
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6515
		 * @return A promise that resolves to a string the user provided or to `undefined` in case of dismissal.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6516
		 */
6517
		export function showInputBox(options?: InputBoxOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string | undefined>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6518

C
Christof Marti 已提交
6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541
		/**
		 * Creates a [QuickPick](#QuickPick) to let the user pick an item from a list
		 * of items of type T.
		 *
		 * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick)
		 * is easier to use. [window.createQuickPick](#window.createQuickPick) should be used
		 * when [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) does not offer the required flexibility.
		 *
		 * @return A new [QuickPick](#QuickPick).
		 */
		export function createQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(): QuickPick<T>;

		/**
		 * Creates a [InputBox](#InputBox) to let the user enter some text input.
		 *
		 * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox)
		 * is easier to use. [window.createInputBox](#window.createInputBox) should be used
		 * when [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) does not offer the required flexibility.
		 *
		 * @return A new [InputBox](#InputBox).
		 */
		export function createInputBox(): InputBox;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6542
		/**
6543 6544
		 * Creates a new [output channel](#OutputChannel) with the given name.
		 *
6545
		 * @param name Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6546
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6547
		export function createOutputChannel(name: string): OutputChannel;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6548

6549 6550 6551 6552 6553
		/**
		 * Create and show a new webview panel.
		 *
		 * @param viewType Identifies the type of the webview panel.
		 * @param title Title of the panel.
6554
		 * @param showOptions Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus.
6555 6556 6557 6558
		 * @param options Settings for the new panel.
		 *
		 * @return New webview panel.
		 */
6559
		export function createWebviewPanel(viewType: string, title: string, showOptions: ViewColumn | { viewColumn: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean }, options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions): WebviewPanel;
6560

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6561
		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6562
		 * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6563
		 * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6564
		 *
G
Gama11 已提交
6565
		 * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text).
6566
		 * @param hideAfterTimeout Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6567
		 * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6568
		 */
6569
		export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideAfterTimeout: number): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6570 6571

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6572
		 * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6573
		 * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6574
		 *
G
Gama11 已提交
6575
		 * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text).
6576
		 * @param hideWhenDone Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6577
		 * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6578
		 */
6579
		export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideWhenDone: Thenable<any>): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6580 6581

		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
6582
		 * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6583
		 * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6584
		 *
6585 6586 6587
		 * *Note* that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when no
		 * longer used.
		 *
G
Gama11 已提交
6588
		 * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text).
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6589
		 * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6590
		 */
6591
		export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6592

6593
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6594 6595
		 * ~~Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and while
		 * its returned promise isn't resolve or rejected.~~
6596
		 *
6597 6598
		 * @deprecated Use `withProgress` instead.
		 *
6599 6600
		 * @param task A callback returning a promise. Progress increments can be reported with
		 * the provided [progress](#Progress)-object.
6601
		 * @return The thenable the task did return.
6602 6603 6604
		 */
		export function withScmProgress<R>(task: (progress: Progress<number>) => Thenable<R>): Thenable<R>;

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611
		/**
		 * Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callback
		 * and while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at which
		 * progress should show (and other details) is defined via the passed [`ProgressOptions`](#ProgressOptions).
		 *
		 * @param task A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported with
		 * the provided [progress](#Progress)-object.
6612
		 *
6613 6614 6615 6616
		 * To report discrete progress, use `increment` to indicate how much work has been completed. Each call with
		 * a `increment` value will be summed up and reflected as overall progress until 100% is reached (a value of
		 * e.g. `10` accounts for `10%` of work done).
		 * Note that currently only `ProgressLocation.Notification` is capable of showing discrete progress.
6617 6618 6619 6620 6621
		 *
		 * To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the provided [`CancellationToken`](#CancellationToken).
		 * Note that currently only `ProgressLocation.Notification` is supporting to show a cancel button to cancel the
		 * long running operation.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6622 6623
		 * @return The thenable the task-callback returned.
		 */
6624
		export function withProgress<R>(options: ProgressOptions, task: (progress: Progress<{ message?: string; increment?: number }>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<R>): Thenable<R>;
6625

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6626
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6627 6628
		 * Creates a status bar [item](#StatusBarItem).
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6629
		 * @param alignment The alignment of the item.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6630
		 * @param priority The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6631 6632
		 * @return A new status bar item.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6633
		export function createStatusBarItem(alignment?: StatusBarAlignment, priority?: number): StatusBarItem;
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6634

D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6635
		/**
6636 6637
		 * Creates a [Terminal](#Terminal). The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace directory
		 * if it exists, regardless of whether an explicit customStartPath setting exists.
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6638
		 *
6639
		 * @param name Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
6640
		 * @param shellPath Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.
6641 6642
		 * @param shellArgs Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which
		 * allows specifying shell args in [command-line format](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-au/08dfcab2-eb6e-49a4-80eb-87d4076c98c6).
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6643 6644
		 * @return A new Terminal.
		 */
6645
		export function createTerminal(name?: string, shellPath?: string, shellArgs?: string[] | string): Terminal;
6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654

		/**
		 * Creates a [Terminal](#Terminal). The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace directory
		 * if it exists, regardless of whether an explicit customStartPath setting exists.
		 *
		 * @param options A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal.
		 * @return A new Terminal.
		 */
		export function createTerminal(options: TerminalOptions): Terminal;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6655 6656 6657

		/**
		 * Register a [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) for the view contributed using the extension point `views`.
6658
		 * This will allow you to contribute data to the [TreeView](#TreeView) and update if the data changes.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6659
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6660
		 * **Note:** To get access to the [TreeView](#TreeView) and perform operations on it, use [createTreeView](#window.createTreeView).
6661
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6662 6663 6664 6665
		 * @param viewId Id of the view contributed using the extension point `views`.
		 * @param treeDataProvider A [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) that provides tree data for the view
		 */
		export function registerTreeDataProvider<T>(viewId: string, treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T>): Disposable;
6666 6667 6668 6669

		/**
		 * Create a [TreeView](#TreeView) for the view contributed using the extension point `views`.
		 * @param viewId Id of the view contributed using the extension point `views`.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6670
		 * @param options Options for creating the [TreeView](#TreeView)
6671 6672
		 * @returns a [TreeView](#TreeView).
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6673
		export function createTreeView<T>(viewId: string, options: TreeViewOptions<T>): TreeView<T>;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6674 6675

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6676 6677 6678 6679 6680
		 * Registers a [uri handler](#UriHandler) capable of handling system-wide [uris](#Uri).
		 * In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri.
		 * A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will only
		 * be able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respect
		 * the following rules:
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6681
		 *
6682
		 * - The uri-scheme must be `vscode.env.uriScheme`;
6683
		 * - The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g. `my.extension`);
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6684 6685
		 * - The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary.
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6686 6687
		 * For example, if the `my.extension` extension registers a uri handler, it will only
		 * be allowed to handle uris with the prefix `product-name://my.extension`.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6688
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6689
		 * An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6690
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6691
		 * * *Note:* There is an activation event `onUri` that fires when a uri directed for
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6692 6693
		 * the current extension is about to be handled.
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6694
		 * @param handler The uri handler to register for this extension.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6695 6696
		 */
		export function registerUriHandler(handler: UriHandler): Disposable;
6697

6698 6699 6700
		/**
		 * Registers a webview panel serializer.
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6701 6702
		 * Extensions that support reviving should have an `"onWebviewPanel:viewType"` activation event and
		 * make sure that [registerWebviewPanelSerializer](#registerWebviewPanelSerializer) is called during activation.
6703
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
6704
		 * Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a given `viewType`.
6705 6706 6707 6708 6709
		 *
		 * @param viewType Type of the webview panel that can be serialized.
		 * @param serializer Webview serializer.
		 */
		export function registerWebviewPanelSerializer(viewType: string, serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer): Disposable;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6710 6711
	}

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6712
	/**
6713
	 * Options for creating a [TreeView](#TreeView)
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727
	 */
	export interface TreeViewOptions<T> {

		/**
		 * A data provider that provides tree data.
		 */
		treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T>;

		/**
		 * Whether to show collapse all action or not.
		 */
		showCollapseAll?: boolean;
	}

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735
	/**
	 * The event that is fired when an element in the [TreeView](#TreeView) is expanded or collapsed
	 */
	export interface TreeViewExpansionEvent<T> {

		/**
		 * Element that is expanded or collapsed.
		 */
6736
		readonly element: T;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6737 6738 6739

	}

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6740
	/**
6741
	 * The event that is fired when there is a change in [tree view's selection](#TreeView.selection)
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747
	 */
	export interface TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T> {

		/**
		 * Selected elements.
		 */
6748
		readonly selection: T[];
6749 6750 6751

	}

S
Add doc  
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6752 6753 6754
	/**
	 * The event that is fired when there is a change in [tree view's visibility](#TreeView.visible)
	 */
6755 6756 6757 6758 6759
	export interface TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent {

		/**
		 * `true` if the [tree view](#TreeView) is visible otherwise `false`.
		 */
6760
		readonly visible: boolean;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6761 6762 6763

	}

6764 6765 6766 6767 6768
	/**
	 * Represents a Tree view
	 */
	export interface TreeView<T> extends Disposable {

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6769 6770 6771
		/**
		 * Event that is fired when an element is expanded
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6772
		readonly onDidExpandElement: Event<TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>>;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6773 6774 6775 6776

		/**
		 * Event that is fired when an element is collapsed
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6777
		readonly onDidCollapseElement: Event<TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>>;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6778

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6779
		/**
6780 6781
		 * Currently selected elements.
		 */
6782
		readonly selection: T[];
6783 6784 6785

		/**
		 * Event that is fired when the [selection](#TreeView.selection) has changed
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6786 6787 6788
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeSelection: Event<TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>>;

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6789
		/**
6790
		 * `true` if the [tree view](#TreeView) is visible otherwise `false`.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6791
		 */
6792
		readonly visible: boolean;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6793

6794
		/**
M
Matthew J. Clemente 已提交
6795
		 * Event that is fired when [visibility](#TreeView.visible) has changed
6796 6797 6798 6799 6800
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeVisibility: Event<TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent>;

		/**
		 * Reveals the given element in the tree view.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6801
		 * If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed.
6802
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6803
		 * By default revealed element is selected.
6804
		 * In order to not to select, set the option `select` to `false`.
6805
		 * In order to focus, set the option `focus` to `true`.
6806 6807
		 * In order to expand the revealed element, set the option `expand` to `true`. To expand recursively set `expand` to the number of levels to expand.
		 * **NOTE:** You can expand only to 3 levels maximum.
6808 6809 6810
		 *
		 * **NOTE:** [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) is required to implement [getParent](#TreeDataProvider.getParent) method to access this API.
		 */
6811
		reveal(element: T, options?: { select?: boolean, focus?: boolean, expand?: boolean | number }): Thenable<void>;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819
	}

	/**
	 * A data provider that provides tree data
	 */
	export interface TreeDataProvider<T> {
		/**
		 * An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6820
		 * This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown).
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839
		 * To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or pass `undefined` or `null`.
		 */
		onDidChangeTreeData?: Event<T | undefined | null>;

		/**
		 * Get [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation of the `element`
		 *
		 * @param element The element for which [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation is asked for.
		 * @return [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation of the element
		 */
		getTreeItem(element: T): TreeItem | Thenable<TreeItem>;

		/**
		 * Get the children of `element` or root if no element is passed.
		 *
		 * @param element The element from which the provider gets children. Can be `undefined`.
		 * @return Children of `element` or root if no element is passed.
		 */
		getChildren(element?: T): ProviderResult<T[]>;
6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850

		/**
		 * Optional method to return the parent of `element`.
		 * Return `null` or `undefined` if `element` is a child of root.
		 *
		 * **NOTE:** This method should be implemented in order to access [reveal](#TreeView.reveal) API.
		 *
		 * @param element The element for which the parent has to be returned.
		 * @return Parent of `element`.
		 */
		getParent?(element: T): ProviderResult<T>;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6851 6852 6853 6854
	}

	export class TreeItem {
		/**
6855
		 * A human-readable string describing this item. When `falsy`, it is derived from [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri).
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6856
		 */
6857
		label?: string;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6858

6859
		/**
6860
		 * Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item.
6861
		 *
6862
		 * If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label. **Note** that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore.
6863 6864 6865
		 */
		id?: string;

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6866
		/**
6867
		 * The icon path or [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) for the tree item.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6868 6869
		 * When `falsy`, [Folder Theme Icon](#ThemeIcon.Folder) is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwise [File Theme Icon](#ThemeIcon.File).
		 * When a [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon using [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri) (if provided).
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6870
		 */
6871
		iconPath?: string | Uri | { light: string | Uri; dark: string | Uri } | ThemeIcon;
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6872

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878
		/**
		 * A human readable string which is rendered less prominent.
		 * When `true`, it is derived from [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri) and when `falsy`, it is not shown.
		 */
		description?: string | boolean;

6879 6880
		/**
		 * The [uri](#Uri) of the resource representing this item.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6881 6882
		 *
		 * Will be used to derive the [label](#TreeItem.label), when it is not provided.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6883
		 * Will be used to derive the icon from current icon theme, when [iconPath](#TreeItem.iconPath) has [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) value.
6884
		 */
6885
		resourceUri?: Uri;
6886

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6887 6888 6889 6890 6891
		/**
		 * The tooltip text when you hover over this item.
		 */
		tooltip?: string | undefined;

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6892
		/**
6893
		 * The [command](#Command) that should be executed when the tree item is selected.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926
		 */
		command?: Command;

		/**
		 * [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item.
		 */
		collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState;

		/**
		 * Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree.
		 * For example, a tree item is given a context value as `folder`. When contributing actions to `view/item/context`
		 * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `viewItem` in `when` expression like `viewItem == folder`.
		 * ```
		 *	"contributes": {
		 *		"menus": {
		 *			"view/item/context": [
		 *				{
		 *					"command": "extension.deleteFolder",
		 *					"when": "viewItem == folder"
		 *				}
		 *			]
		 *		}
		 *	}
		 * ```
		 * This will show action `extension.deleteFolder` only for items with `contextValue` is `folder`.
		 */
		contextValue?: string;

		/**
		 * @param label A human-readable string describing this item
		 * @param collapsibleState [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item. Default is [TreeItemCollapsibleState.None](#TreeItemCollapsibleState.None)
		 */
		constructor(label: string, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState);
6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932

		/**
		 * @param resourceUri The [uri](#Uri) of the resource representing this item.
		 * @param collapsibleState [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item. Default is [TreeItemCollapsibleState.None](#TreeItemCollapsibleState.None)
		 */
		constructor(resourceUri: Uri, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState);
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950
	}

	/**
	 * Collapsible state of the tree item
	 */
	export enum TreeItemCollapsibleState {
		/**
		 * Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children.
		 */
		None = 0,
		/**
		 * Determines an item is collapsed
		 */
		Collapsed = 1,
		/**
		 * Determines an item is expanded
		 */
		Expanded = 2
6951 6952 6953
	}

	/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6954
	 * Value-object describing what options a terminal should use.
6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967
	 */
	export interface TerminalOptions {
		/**
		 * A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
		 */
		name?: string;

		/**
		 * A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.
		 */
		shellPath?: string;

		/**
6968 6969
		 * Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows
		 * specifying shell args in [command-line format](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-au/08dfcab2-eb6e-49a4-80eb-87d4076c98c6).
6970
		 */
6971
		shellArgs?: string[] | string;
6972 6973

		/**
K
kieferrm 已提交
6974
		 * A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal.
6975
		 */
K
kieferrm 已提交
6976
		cwd?: string | Uri;
6977

6978 6979 6980
		/**
		 * Object with environment variables that will be added to the VS Code process.
		 */
C
Christof Marti 已提交
6981
		env?: { [key: string]: string | null };
6982 6983 6984 6985 6986

		/**
		 * Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided in
		 * `TerminalOptions.env`. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on the
		 * window's environment and also apply configured platform settings like
D
Daniel Imms 已提交
6987 6988
		 * `terminal.integrated.windows.env` on top. When this is true, the complete environment
		 * must be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration.
6989 6990
		 */
		strictEnv?: boolean;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
6991 6992
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999
	/**
	 * A location in the editor at which progress information can be shown. It depends on the
	 * location how progress is visually represented.
	 */
	export enum ProgressLocation {

		/**
7000
		 * Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress bar
7001
		 * inside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7002
		 */
7003
		SourceControl = 1,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7004 7005

		/**
7006
		 * Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7007
		 */
7008 7009 7010
		Window = 10,

		/**
7011
		 * Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discrete progress.
7012 7013
		 */
		Notification = 15
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030
	}

	/**
	 * Value-object describing where and how progress should show.
	 */
	export interface ProgressOptions {

		/**
		 * The location at which progress should show.
		 */
		location: ProgressLocation;

		/**
		 * A human-readable string which will be used to describe the
		 * operation.
		 */
		title?: string;
7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038

		/**
		 * Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user to
		 * cancel the long running operation.  Note that currently only
		 * `ProgressLocation.Notification` is supporting to show a cancel
		 * button.
		 */
		cancellable?: boolean;
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7039 7040
	}

C
Christof Marti 已提交
7041
	/**
7042
	 * A light-weight user input UI that is initially not visible. After
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7043 7044 7045 7046 7047
	 * configuring it through its properties the extension can make it
	 * visible by calling [QuickInput.show](#QuickInput.show).
	 *
	 * There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and
	 * the extension will be notified through [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide).
7048
	 * (Examples include: an explicit call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide),
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116
	 * the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
	 *
	 * A user pressing Enter or some other gesture implying acceptance
	 * of the current state does not automatically hide this UI component.
	 * It is up to the extension to decide whether to accept the user's input
	 * and if the UI should indeed be hidden through a call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide).
	 *
	 * When the extension no longer needs this input UI, it should
	 * [QuickInput.dispose](#QuickInput.dispose) it to allow for freeing up
	 * any resources associated with it.
	 *
	 * See [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox) for concrete UIs.
	 */
	export interface QuickInput {

		/**
		 * An optional title.
		 */
		title: string | undefined;

		/**
		 * An optional current step count.
		 */
		step: number | undefined;

		/**
		 * An optional total step count.
		 */
		totalSteps: number | undefined;

		/**
		 * If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
		 *
		 * Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or
		 * loading data for the next step in user input.
		 */
		enabled: boolean;

		/**
		 * If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
		 *
		 * Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating
		 * user input.
		 */
		busy: boolean;

		/**
		 * If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false.
		 */
		ignoreFocusOut: boolean;

		/**
		 * Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input
		 * UI will first fire an [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide) event.
		 */
		show(): void;

		/**
		 * Hides this input UI. This will also fire an [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide)
		 * event.
		 */
		hide(): void;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
		 *
		 * There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and
		 * the extension will be notified through [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide).
7117
		 * (Examples include: an explicit call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide),
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276
		 * the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
		 */
		onDidHide: Event<void>;

		/**
		 * Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still
		 * visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer
		 * functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be
		 * accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * A concrete [QuickInput](#QuickInput) to let the user pick an item from a
	 * list of items of type T. The items can be filtered through a filter text field and
	 * there is an option [canSelectMany](#QuickPick.canSelectMany) to allow for
	 * selecting multiple items.
	 *
	 * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick)
	 * is easier to use. [window.createQuickPick](#window.createQuickPick) should be used
	 * when [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) does not offer the required flexibility.
	 */
	export interface QuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem> extends QuickInput {

		/**
		 * Current value of the filter text.
		 */
		value: string;

		/**
		 * Optional placeholder in the filter text.
		 */
		placeholder: string | undefined;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeValue: Event<string>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s).
		 */
		readonly onDidAccept: Event<void>;

		/**
		 * Buttons for actions in the UI.
		 */
		buttons: ReadonlyArray<QuickInputButton>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when a button was triggered.
		 */
		readonly onDidTriggerButton: Event<QuickInputButton>;

		/**
		 * Items to pick from.
		 */
		items: ReadonlyArray<T>;

		/**
		 * If multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false.
		 */
		canSelectMany: boolean;

		/**
		 * If the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false.
		 */
		matchOnDescription: boolean;

		/**
		 * If the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false.
		 */
		matchOnDetail: boolean;

		/**
		 * Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
		 */
		activeItems: ReadonlyArray<T>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the active items have changed.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeActive: Event<T[]>;

		/**
		 * Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
		 */
		selectedItems: ReadonlyArray<T>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the selected items have changed.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeSelection: Event<T[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * A concrete [QuickInput](#QuickInput) to let the user input a text value.
	 *
	 * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox)
	 * is easier to use. [window.createInputBox](#window.createInputBox) should be used
	 * when [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) does not offer the required flexibility.
	 */
	export interface InputBox extends QuickInput {

		/**
		 * Current input value.
		 */
		value: string;

		/**
		 * Optional placeholder in the filter text.
		 */
		placeholder: string | undefined;

		/**
		 * If the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false.
		 */
		password: boolean;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the value has changed.
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeValue: Event<string>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value.
		 */
		readonly onDidAccept: Event<void>;

		/**
		 * Buttons for actions in the UI.
		 */
		buttons: ReadonlyArray<QuickInputButton>;

		/**
		 * An event signaling when a button was triggered.
		 */
		readonly onDidTriggerButton: Event<QuickInputButton>;

		/**
		 * An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user.
		 */
		prompt: string | undefined;

		/**
		 * An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value.
		 */
		validationMessage: string | undefined;
	}

	/**
	 * Button for an action in a [QuickPick](#QuickPick) or [InputBox](#InputBox).
	 */
	export interface QuickInputButton {

		/**
		 * Icon for the button.
		 */
7277
		readonly iconPath: Uri | { light: Uri; dark: Uri } | ThemeIcon;
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287

		/**
		 * An optional tooltip.
		 */
		readonly tooltip?: string | undefined;
	}

	/**
	 * Predefined buttons for [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox).
	 */
7288
	export class QuickInputButtons {
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295

		/**
		 * A back button for [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox).
		 *
		 * When a navigation 'back' button is needed this one should be used for consistency.
		 * It comes with a predefined icon, tooltip and location.
		 */
7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301
		static readonly Back: QuickInputButton;

		/**
		 * @hidden
		 */
		private constructor();
C
Christof Marti 已提交
7302 7303
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7304
	/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
7305
	 * An event describing an individual change in the text of a [document](#TextDocument).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311
	 */
	export interface TextDocumentContentChangeEvent {
		/**
		 * The range that got replaced.
		 */
		range: Range;
7312 7313 7314 7315
		/**
		 * The offset of the range that got replaced.
		 */
		rangeOffset: number;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326
		/**
		 * The length of the range that got replaced.
		 */
		rangeLength: number;
		/**
		 * The new text for the range.
		 */
		text: string;
	}

	/**
A
Alex Dima 已提交
7327
	 * An event describing a transactional [document](#TextDocument) change.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341
	 */
	export interface TextDocumentChangeEvent {

		/**
		 * The affected document.
		 */
		document: TextDocument;

		/**
		 * An array of content changes.
		 */
		contentChanges: TextDocumentContentChangeEvent[];
	}

7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347
	/**
	 * Represents reasons why a text document is saved.
	 */
	export enum TextDocumentSaveReason {

		/**
7348 7349
		 * Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging,
		 * or by an API call.
7350
		 */
7351
		Manual = 1,
7352 7353 7354 7355

		/**
		 * Automatic after a delay.
		 */
7356
		AfterDelay = 2,
7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363

		/**
		 * When the editor lost focus.
		 */
		FocusOut = 3
	}

7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375
	/**
	 * An event that is fired when a [document](#TextDocument) will be saved.
	 *
	 * To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call the
	 * [`waitUntil`](#TextDocumentWillSaveEvent.waitUntil)-function with a thenable
	 * that resolves to an array of [text edits](#TextEdit).
	 */
	export interface TextDocumentWillSaveEvent {

		/**
		 * The document that will be saved.
		 */
7376
		document: TextDocument;
7377

7378 7379 7380 7381 7382
		/**
		 * The reason why save was triggered.
		 */
		reason: TextDocumentSaveReason;

7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392
		/**
		 * Allows to pause the event loop and to apply [pre-save-edits](#TextEdit).
		 * Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The
		 * edits will be *ignored* if concurrent modifications of the document happened.
		 *
		 * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch and not
		 * in an asynchronous manner:
		 *
		 * ```ts
		 * workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => {
7393 7394 7395 7396 7397
		 * 	// async, will *throw* an error
		 * 	setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
		 *
		 * 	// sync, OK
		 * 	event.waitUntil(promise);
7398 7399 7400 7401 7402
		 * })
		 * ```
		 *
		 * @param thenable A thenable that resolves to [pre-save-edits](#TextEdit).
		 */
7403
		waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<TextEdit[]>): void;
7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414

		/**
		 * Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.
		 *
		 * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch.
		 *
		 * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving.
		 */
		waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void;
	}

7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431
	/**
	 * An event describing a change to the set of [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders).
	 */
	export interface WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent {
		/**
		 * Added workspace folders.
		 */
		readonly added: WorkspaceFolder[];

		/**
		 * Removed workspace folders.
		 */
		readonly removed: WorkspaceFolder[];
	}

	/**
	 * A workspace folder is one of potentially many roots opened by the editor. All workspace folders
7432
	 * are equal which means there is no notion of an active or master workspace folder.
7433 7434 7435 7436
	 */
	export interface WorkspaceFolder {

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7437 7438 7439 7440
		 * The associated uri for this workspace folder.
		 *
		 * *Note:* The [Uri](#Uri)-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can support
		 * workspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g. `ftp://server/workspaces/foo`.
7441 7442 7443 7444 7445
		 */
		readonly uri: Uri;

		/**
		 * The name of this workspace folder. Defaults to
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7446
		 * the basename of its [uri-path](#Uri.path)
7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455
		 */
		readonly name: string;

		/**
		 * The ordinal number of this workspace folder.
		 */
		readonly index: number;
	}

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7456
	/**
7457 7458 7459 7460 7461
	 * Namespace for dealing with the current workspace. A workspace is the representation
	 * of the folder that has been opened. There is no workspace when just a file but not a
	 * folder has been opened.
	 *
	 * The workspace offers support for [listening](#workspace.createFileSystemWatcher) to fs
7462
	 * events and for [finding](#workspace.findFiles) files. Both perform well and run _outside_
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
7463
	 * the editor-process so that they should be always used instead of nodejs-equivalents.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7464 7465 7466 7467
	 */
	export namespace workspace {

		/**
7468 7469
		 * ~~The folder that is open in the editor. `undefined` when no folder
		 * has been opened.~~
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7470
		 *
7471
		 * @deprecated Use [`workspaceFolders`](#workspace.workspaceFolders) instead.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7472
		 */
7473
		export const rootPath: string | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7474 7475

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7476 7477
		 * List of workspace folders or `undefined` when no folder is open.
		 * *Note* that the first entry corresponds to the value of `rootPath`.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7478
		 */
7479
		export const workspaceFolders: WorkspaceFolder[] | undefined;
7480

7481 7482 7483 7484
		/**
		 * The name of the workspace. `undefined` when no folder
		 * has been opened.
		 */
7485
		export const name: string | undefined;
7486

7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492
		/**
		 * An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders: Event<WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent>;

		/**
7493 7494 7495
		 * Returns the [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) that contains a given uri.
		 * * returns `undefined` when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder
		 * * returns the *input* when the given uri is a workspace folder itself
7496 7497 7498 7499 7500
		 *
		 * @param uri An uri.
		 * @return A workspace folder or `undefined`
		 */
		export function getWorkspaceFolder(uri: Uri): WorkspaceFolder | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7501 7502

		/**
7503
		 * Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7504
		 *
7505
		 * When there are no [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) or when the path
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7506
		 * is not contained in them, the input is returned.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7507 7508
		 *
		 * @param pathOrUri A path or uri. When a uri is given its [fsPath](#Uri.fsPath) is used.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7509 7510 7511
		 * @param includeWorkspaceFolder When `true` and when the given path is contained inside a
		 * workspace folder the name of the workspace is prepended. Defaults to `true` when there are
		 * multiple workspace folders and `false` otherwise.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7512
		 * @return A path relative to the root or the input.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7513
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7514
		export function asRelativePath(pathOrUri: string | Uri, includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean): string;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7515

7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558
		/**
		 * This method replaces `deleteCount` [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) starting at index `start`
		 * by an optional set of `workspaceFoldersToAdd` on the `vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders` array. This "splice"
		 * behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation.
		 *
		 * If the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed, the currently executing extensions (including the
		 * one that called this method) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated) `rootPath` property is
		 * updated to point to the first workspace folder.
		 *
		 * Use the [`onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders()`](#onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders) event to get notified when the
		 * workspace folders have been updated.
		 *
		 * **Example:** adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders
		 * ```typescript
		 * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ? workspace.workspaceFolders.length : 0, null, { uri: ...});
		 * ```
		 *
		 * **Example:** removing the first workspace folder
		 * ```typescript
		 * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1);
		 * ```
		 *
		 * **Example:** replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one
		 * ```typescript
		 * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1, { uri: ...});
		 * ```
		 *
		 * It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different name
		 * to rename that folder.
		 *
		 * **Note:** it is not valid to call [updateWorkspaceFolders()](#updateWorkspaceFolders) multiple times
		 * without waiting for the [`onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders()`](#onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders) to fire.
		 *
		 * @param start the zero-based location in the list of currently opened [workspace folders](#WorkspaceFolder)
		 * from which to start deleting workspace folders.
		 * @param deleteCount the optional number of workspace folders to remove.
		 * @param workspaceFoldersToAdd the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones.
		 * Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name.
		 * @return true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would result
		 * in invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI).
		 */
		export function updateWorkspaceFolders(start: number, deleteCount: number | undefined | null, ...workspaceFoldersToAdd: { uri: Uri, name?: string }[]): boolean;

7559 7560 7561
		/**
		 * Creates a file system watcher.
		 *
7562 7563
		 * A glob pattern that filters the file events on their absolute path must be provided. Optionally,
		 * flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided. To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed.
7564
		 *
7565
		 * *Note* that only files within the current [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) can be watched.
7566
		 *
7567
		 * @param globPattern A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that is applied to the absolute paths of created, changed,
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7568
		 * and deleted files. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) to limit events to a certain [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder).
7569 7570 7571 7572 7573
		 * @param ignoreCreateEvents Ignore when files have been created.
		 * @param ignoreChangeEvents Ignore when files have been changed.
		 * @param ignoreDeleteEvents Ignore when files have been deleted.
		 * @return A new file system watcher instance.
		 */
7574
		export function createFileSystemWatcher(globPattern: GlobPattern, ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean, ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean, ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean): FileSystemWatcher;
7575

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7576
		/**
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7577
		 * Find files across all [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) in the workspace.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7578
		 *
7579
		 * @sample `findFiles('**​/*.js', '**​/node_modules/**', 10)`
7580
		 * @param include A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that defines the files to search for. The glob pattern
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7581 7582
		 * will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern)
		 * to restrict the search results to a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder).
7583
		 * @param exclude  A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob pattern
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7584 7585
		 * will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. When `undefined` only default excludes will
		 * apply, when `null` no excludes will apply.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7586
		 * @param maxResults An upper-bound for the result.
7587
		 * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7588 7589
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if no
		 * [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) are opened.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7590
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7591
		export function findFiles(include: GlobPattern, exclude?: GlobPattern | null, maxResults?: number, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<Uri[]>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7592 7593

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7594 7595 7596
		 * Save all dirty files.
		 *
		 * @param includeUntitled Also save files that have been created during this session.
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
7597
		 * @return A thenable that resolves when the files have been saved.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7598 7599 7600 7601
		 */
		export function saveAll(includeUntitled?: boolean): Thenable<boolean>;

		/**
7602
		 * Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the given
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7603 7604
		 * [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit).
		 *
7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610
		 * All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. If
		 * multiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting text
		 * in the order the 'inserts' were made. Invalid sequences like 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a'
		 * cause failure of the operation.
		 *
		 * When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used.
7611
		 * A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits will
7612
		 * not be attempted, when a single edit fails.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7613 7614 7615
		 *
		 * @param edit A workspace edit.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621
		 */
		export function applyEdit(edit: WorkspaceEdit): Thenable<boolean>;

		/**
		 * All text documents currently known to the system.
		 */
7622
		export const textDocuments: TextDocument[];
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7623 7624

		/**
7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636
		 * Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwise
		 * the document is loaded and the [didOpen](#workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument)-event fires.
		 *
		 * The document is denoted by an [uri](#Uri). Depending on the [scheme](#Uri.scheme) the
		 * following rules apply:
		 * * `file`-scheme: Open a file on disk, will be rejected if the file does not exist or cannot be loaded.
		 * * `untitled`-scheme: A new file that should be saved on disk, e.g. `untitled:c:\frodo\new.js`. The language
		 * will be derived from the file name.
		 * * For all other schemes the registered text document content [providers](#TextDocumentContentProvider) are consulted.
		 *
		 * *Note* that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an
		 * [`onDidClose`](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument)-event can occur at any time after opening it.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643
		 *
		 * @param uri Identifies the resource to open.
		 * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument).
		 */
		export function openTextDocument(uri: Uri): Thenable<TextDocument>;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7644 7645 7646
		 * A short-hand for `openTextDocument(Uri.file(fileName))`.
		 *
		 * @see [openTextDocument](#openTextDocument)
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
7647 7648
		 * @param fileName A name of a file on disk.
		 * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument).
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7649 7650 7651
		 */
		export function openTextDocument(fileName: string): Thenable<TextDocument>;

B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7652
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7653 7654
		 * Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a file
		 * path when the document is to be saved. The `options` parameter allows to
7655
		 * specify the *language* and/or the *content* of the document.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7656
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7657
		 * @param options Options to control how the document will be created.
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7658 7659
		 * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument).
		 */
7660
		export function openTextDocument(options?: { language?: string; content?: string; }): Thenable<TextDocument>;
B
Benjamin Pasero 已提交
7661

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7662
		/**
7663 7664 7665
		 * Register a text document content provider.
		 *
		 * Only one provider can be registered per scheme.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7666
		 *
7667 7668 7669
		 * @param scheme The uri-scheme to register for.
		 * @param provider A content provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7670 7671 7672
		 */
		export function registerTextDocumentContentProvider(scheme: string, provider: TextDocumentContentProvider): Disposable;

A
Alex Dima 已提交
7673
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7674 7675
		 * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is opened or when the language id
		 * of a text document [has been changed](#languages.setTextDocumentLanguage).
7676 7677
		 *
		 * To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use the [TextEditor](#TextEditor) events in the
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7678
		 * [window](#window) namespace. Note that:
7679 7680 7681 7682 7683
		 *
		 * - The event is emitted before the [document](#TextDocument) is updated in the
		 * [active text editor](#window.activeTextEditor)
		 * - When a [text document](#TextDocument) is already open (e.g.: open in another [visible text editor](#window.visibleTextEditors)) this event is not emitted
		 *
A
Alex Dima 已提交
7684
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7685 7686
		export const onDidOpenTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>;

A
Alex Dima 已提交
7687
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7688 7689
		 * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is disposed or when the language id
		 * of a text document [has been changed](#languages.setTextDocumentLanguage).
7690 7691
		 *
		 * To add an event listener when a visible text document is closed, use the [TextEditor](#TextEditor) events in the
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7692
		 * [window](#window) namespace. Note that this event is not emitted when a [TextEditor](#TextEditor) is closed
S
Sean Poulter 已提交
7693
		 * but the document remains open in another [visible text editor](#window.visibleTextEditors).
A
Alex Dima 已提交
7694
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7695 7696
		export const onDidCloseTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>;

A
Alex Dima 已提交
7697
		/**
7698 7699
		 * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is changed. This usually happens
		 * when the [contents](#TextDocument.getText) changes but also when other things like the
7700
		 * [dirty](#TextDocument.isDirty)-state changes.
A
Alex Dima 已提交
7701
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7702 7703
		export const onDidChangeTextDocument: Event<TextDocumentChangeEvent>;

7704 7705
		/**
		 * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) will be saved to disk.
7706
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7707
		 * *Note 1:* Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor
7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715
		 * might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.
		 *
		 * *Note 2:* Subscribers are called sequentially and they can [delay](#TextDocumentWillSaveEvent.waitUntil) saving
		 * by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:
		 *  * there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
		 *  * listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore
		 *
		 * The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.
7716 7717 7718
		 */
		export const onWillSaveTextDocument: Event<TextDocumentWillSaveEvent>;

A
Alex Dima 已提交
7719 7720 7721
		/**
		 * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is saved to disk.
		 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7722 7723 7724
		export const onDidSaveTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>;

		/**
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7725
		 * Get a workspace configuration object.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7726 7727
		 *
		 * When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configuration
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
7728
		 * is returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7729
		 * like `{ myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}}` and `getConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7730
		 *
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7731
		 * When a resource is provided, configuration scoped to that resource is returned.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7732 7733
		 *
		 * @param section A dot-separated identifier.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7734
		 * @param resource A resource for which the configuration is asked for
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7735 7736
		 * @return The full configuration or a subset.
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7737
		export function getConfiguration(section?: string, resource?: Uri | null): WorkspaceConfiguration;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7738

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7739 7740 7741
		/**
		 * An event that is emitted when the [configuration](#WorkspaceConfiguration) changed.
		 */
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7742
		export const onDidChangeConfiguration: Event<ConfigurationChangeEvent>;
7743 7744

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7745 7746 7747
		 * ~~Register a task provider.~~
		 *
		 * @deprecated Use the corresponding function on the `tasks` namespace instead
7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753
		 *
		 * @param type The task kind type this provider is registered for.
		 * @param provider A task provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider): Disposable;
7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765

		/**
		 * Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g. `ftp`.
		 *
		 * There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a scheme
		 * has been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved.
		 *
		 * @param scheme The uri-[scheme](#Uri.scheme) the provider registers for.
		 * @param provider The filesystem provider.
		 * @param options Immutable metadata about the provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
I
isidor 已提交
7766
		export function registerFileSystemProvider(scheme: string, provider: FileSystemProvider, options?: { isCaseSensitive?: boolean, isReadonly?: boolean }): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7767 7768
	}

S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774
	/**
	 * An event describing the change in Configuration
	 */
	export interface ConfigurationChangeEvent {

		/**
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7775
		 * Returns `true` if the given section for the given resource (if provided) is affected.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7776 7777 7778
		 *
		 * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names.
		 * @param resource A resource Uri.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7779
		 * @return `true` if the given section for the given resource (if provided) is affected.
S
Sandeep Somavarapu 已提交
7780 7781 7782 7783
		 */
		affectsConfiguration(section: string, resource?: Uri): boolean;
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7784
	/**
7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791
	 * Namespace for participating in language-specific editor [features](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved),
	 * like IntelliSense, code actions, diagnostics etc.
	 *
	 * Many programming languages exist and there is huge variety in syntaxes, semantics, and paradigms. Despite that, features
	 * like automatic word-completion, code navigation, or code checking have become popular across different tools for different
	 * programming languages.
	 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
7792
	 * The editor provides an API that makes it simple to provide such common features by having all UI and actions already in place and
7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798
	 * by allowing you to participate by providing data only. For instance, to contribute a hover all you have to do is provide a function
	 * that can be called with a [TextDocument](#TextDocument) and a [Position](#Position) returning hover info. The rest, like tracking the
	 * mouse, positioning the hover, keeping the hover stable etc. is taken care of by the editor.
	 *
	 * ```javascript
	 * languages.registerHoverProvider('javascript', {
7799 7800 7801
	 * 	provideHover(document, position, token) {
	 * 		return new Hover('I am a hover!');
	 * 	}
7802 7803
	 * });
	 * ```
7804 7805 7806
	 *
	 * Registration is done using a [document selector](#DocumentSelector) which is either a language id, like `javascript` or
	 * a more complex [filter](#DocumentFilter) like `{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }`. Matching a document against such
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
7807
	 * a selector will result in a [score](#languages.match) that is used to determine if and how a provider shall be used. When
7808 7809 7810
	 * scores are equal the provider that came last wins. For features that allow full arity, like [hover](#languages.registerHoverProvider),
	 * the score is only checked to be `>0`, for other features, like [IntelliSense](#languages.registerCompletionItemProvider) the
	 * score is used for determining the order in which providers are asked to participate.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7811
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819
	export namespace languages {

		/**
		 * Return the identifiers of all known languages.
		 * @return Promise resolving to an array of identifier strings.
		 */
		export function getLanguages(): Thenable<string[]>;

7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832
		/**
		 * Set (and change) the [language](#TextDocument.languageId) that is associated
		 * with the given document.
		 *
		 * *Note* that calling this function will trigger the [`onDidCloseTextDocument`](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument) event
		 * followed by the [`onDidOpenTextDocument`](#workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument) event.
		 *
		 * @param document The document which language is to be changed
		 * @param languageId The new language identifier.
		 * @returns A thenable that resolves with the updated document.
		 */
		export function setTextDocumentLanguage(document: TextDocument, languageId: string): Thenable<TextDocument>;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7833
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7834
		 * Compute the match between a document [selector](#DocumentSelector) and a document. Values
7835 7836 7837
		 * greater than zero mean the selector matches the document.
		 *
		 * A match is computed according to these rules:
7838 7839
		 * 1. When [`DocumentSelector`](#DocumentSelector) is an array, compute the match for each contained `DocumentFilter` or language identifier and take the maximum value.
		 * 2. A string will be desugared to become the `language`-part of a [`DocumentFilter`](#DocumentFilter), so `"fooLang"` is like `{ language: "fooLang" }`.
7840 7841
		 * 3. A [`DocumentFilter`](#DocumentFilter) will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply:
		 *  1. When the `DocumentFilter` is empty (`{}`) the result is `0`
7842 7843
		 *  2. When `scheme`, `language`, or `pattern` are defined but one doesn’t match, the result is `0`
		 *  3. Matching against `*` gives a score of `5`, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of `10`
7844
		 *  4. The result is the maximum value of each match
7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860
		 *
		 * Samples:
		 * ```js
		 * // default document from disk (file-scheme)
		 * doc.uri; //'file:///my/file.js'
		 * doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
		 * match('javascript', doc); // 10;
		 * match({language: 'javascript'}, doc); // 10;
		 * match({language: 'javascript', scheme: 'file'}, doc); // 10;
		 * match('*', doc); // 5
		 * match('fooLang', doc); // 0
		 * match(['fooLang', '*'], doc); // 5
		 *
		 * // virtual document, e.g. from git-index
		 * doc.uri; // 'git:/my/file.js'
		 * doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
7861
		 * match('javascript', doc); // 10;
7862 7863
		 * match({language: 'javascript', scheme: 'git'}, doc); // 10;
		 * match('*', doc); // 5
7864
		 * ```
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7865 7866 7867
		 *
		 * @param selector A document selector.
		 * @param document A text document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7868
		 * @return A number `>0` when the selector matches and `0` when the selector does not match.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7869 7870 7871
		 */
		export function match(selector: DocumentSelector, document: TextDocument): number;

7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the global set of diagnostics changes. This is
		 * newly added and removed diagnostics.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeDiagnostics: Event<DiagnosticChangeEvent>;

		/**
		 * Get all diagnostics for a given resource. *Note* that this includes diagnostics from
		 * all extensions but *not yet* from the task framework.
		 *
		 * @param resource A resource
7883
		 * @returns An array of [diagnostics](#Diagnostic) objects or an empty array.
7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894
		 */
		export function getDiagnostics(resource: Uri): Diagnostic[];

		/**
		 * Get all diagnostics. *Note* that this includes diagnostics from
		 * all extensions but *not yet* from the task framework.
		 *
		 * @returns An array of uri-diagnostics tuples or an empty array.
		 */
		export function getDiagnostics(): [Uri, Diagnostic[]][];

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7895
		/**
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
7896
		 * Create a diagnostics collection.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7897 7898 7899
		 *
		 * @param name The [name](#DiagnosticCollection.name) of the collection.
		 * @return A new diagnostic collection.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7900 7901 7902 7903
		 */
		export function createDiagnosticCollection(name?: string): DiagnosticCollection;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7904 7905 7906
		 * Register a completion provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7907
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and groups of equal score are sequentially asked for
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7908
		 * completion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return a
7909 7910
		 * result. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the whole
		 * operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7911
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A completion provider.
		 * @param triggerCharacters Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters, like `.` or `:`.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerCompletionItemProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CompletionItemProvider, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7920 7921 7922
		 * Register a code action provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
7923 7924
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7925 7926
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7927
		 * @param provider A code action provider.
7928
		 * @param metadata Metadata about the kind of code actions the provider providers.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7929
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7930
		 */
7931
		export function registerCodeActionsProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeActionProvider, metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7932 7933

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7934 7935 7936
		 * Register a code lens provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
7937 7938
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7939
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7940 7941 7942
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A code lens provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7943
		 */
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7944
		export function registerCodeLensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeLensProvider): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7945 7946

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7947 7948 7949
		 * Register a definition provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
7950 7951
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7952
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7953 7954 7955
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A definition provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7956 7957 7958
		 */
		export function registerDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DefinitionProvider): Disposable;

7959
		/**
7960
		 * Register an implementation provider.
7961
		 *
7962 7963 7964
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
7965 7966 7967 7968 7969
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider An implementation provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
M
Matt Bierner 已提交
7970
		export function registerImplementationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ImplementationProvider): Disposable;
7971

7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984
		/**
		 * Register a type definition provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A type definition provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerTypeDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: TypeDefinitionProvider): Disposable;

7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997
		/**
		 * Register a declaration provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A declaration provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerDeclarationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DeclarationProvider): Disposable;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
7998
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
7999 8000 8001
		 * Register a hover provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
8002 8003
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8004
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8005 8006 8007
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A hover provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8008 8009 8010 8011
		 */
		export function registerHoverProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: HoverProvider): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8012 8013 8014 8015
		 * Register a document highlight provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and groups sequentially asked for document highlights.
8016
		 * The process stops when a provider returns a `non-falsy` or `non-failure` result.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8017
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8018 8019 8020
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A document highlight provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8021 8022 8023 8024
		 */
		export function registerDocumentHighlightProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentHighlightProvider): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8025 8026 8027
		 * Register a document symbol provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
8028 8029
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8030
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8031 8032
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A document symbol provider.
8033
		 * @param metaData metadata about the provider
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8034
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8035
		 */
8036
		export function registerDocumentSymbolProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentSymbolProvider, metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8037 8038

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8039 8040
		 * Register a workspace symbol provider.
		 *
8041 8042 8043
		 * Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel and
		 * the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause
		 * a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8044
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8045 8046
		 * @param provider A workspace symbol provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8047 8048 8049 8050
		 */
		export function registerWorkspaceSymbolProvider(provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8051 8052 8053
		 * Register a reference provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
8054 8055
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8056
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8057 8058 8059
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A reference provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8060 8061 8062 8063
		 */
		export function registerReferenceProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ReferenceProvider): Disposable;

		/**
8064
		 * Register a rename provider.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8065 8066
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8067
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure
8068
		 * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8069
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8070 8071 8072
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A rename provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8073 8074 8075 8076
		 */
		export function registerRenameProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: RenameProvider): Disposable;

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8077
		 * Register a formatting provider for a document.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8078 8079
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8080
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure
8081
		 * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8082
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8083 8084 8085
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A document formatting edit provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8086 8087 8088 8089
		 */
		export function registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8090 8091
		 * Register a formatting provider for a document range.
		 *
8092
		 * *Note:* A document range provider is also a [document formatter](#DocumentFormattingEditProvider)
M
Matthew J. Clemente 已提交
8093
		 * which means there is no need to [register](#languages.registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider) a document
8094 8095
		 * formatter when also registering a range provider.
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8096
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8097
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure
8098
		 * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8099
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8100 8101 8102
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A document range formatting edit provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8103 8104 8105 8106
		 */
		export function registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider): Disposable;

		/**
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8107
		 * Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the setting `editor.formatOnType`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8108 8109
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8110
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure
8111
		 * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8112
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8113 8114 8115
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider An on type formatting edit provider.
		 * @param firstTriggerCharacter A character on which formatting should be triggered, like `}`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8116
		 * @param moreTriggerCharacter More trigger characters.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8117
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8118 8119 8120 8121
		 */
		export function registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider, firstTriggerCharacter: string, ...moreTriggerCharacter: string[]): Disposable;

		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8122 8123 8124
		 * Register a signature help provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
8125 8126
		 * by their [score](#languages.match) and called sequentially until a provider returns a
		 * valid result.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8127
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8128 8129 8130
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A signature help provider.
		 * @param triggerCharacters Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like `,` or `(`.
8131
		 * @param metadata Information about the provider.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8132
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8133 8134
		 */
		export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable;
8135
		export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata): Disposable;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8136

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149
		/**
		 * Register a document link provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A document link provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerDocumentLinkProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentLinkProvider): Disposable;

8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162
		/**
		 * Register a color provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A color provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerColorProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentColorProvider): Disposable;

8163 8164 8165
		/**
		 * Register a folding range provider.
		 *
8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged.
		 * If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used.
		 * If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored.
		 *
		 * A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
8173 8174 8175 8176 8177
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A folding range provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
8178
		export function registerFoldingRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: FoldingRangeProvider): Disposable;
8179

8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192
		/**
		 * Register a selection range provider.
		 *
		 * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in
		 * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will
		 * not cause a failure of the whole operation.
		 *
		 * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to.
		 * @param provider A selection range provider.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerSelectionRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SelectionRangeProvider): Disposable;

E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8193
		/**
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8194
		 * Set a [language configuration](#LanguageConfiguration) for a language.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8195
		 *
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8196
		 * @param language A language identifier like `typescript`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8197 8198
		 * @param configuration Language configuration.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unsets this configuration.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8199 8200 8201 8202
		 */
		export function setLanguageConfiguration(language: string, configuration: LanguageConfiguration): Disposable;
	}

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8203
	/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8204
	 * Represents the input box in the Source Control viewlet.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8205
	 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8206
	export interface SourceControlInputBox {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8207 8208

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8209
		 * Setter and getter for the contents of the input box.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8210
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8211
		value: string;
8212 8213 8214 8215 8216

		/**
		 * A string to show as place holder in the input box to guide the user.
		 */
		placeholder: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8217 8218
	}

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8219
	interface QuickDiffProvider {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8220 8221

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8222 8223 8224 8225 8226
		 * Provide a [uri](#Uri) to the original resource of any given resource uri.
		 *
		 * @param uri The uri of the resource open in a text editor.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8227
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8228 8229
		provideOriginalResource?(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Uri>;
	}
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8230

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8231 8232 8233 8234 8235
	/**
	 * The theme-aware decorations for a
	 * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState).
	 */
	export interface SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8236 8237

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8238 8239
		 * The icon path for a specific
		 * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8240
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8241
		readonly iconPath?: string | Uri;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8242 8243 8244
	}

	/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8245 8246
	 * The decorations for a [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState).
	 * Can be independently specified for light and dark themes.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8247
	 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8248
	export interface SourceControlResourceDecorations extends SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8249 8250

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8251 8252
		 * Whether the [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState) should
		 * be striked-through in the UI.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8253
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8254
		readonly strikeThrough?: boolean;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8255

8256 8257
		/**
		 * Whether the [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState) should
I
Ilie Halip 已提交
8258
		 * be faded in the UI.
8259 8260 8261
		 */
		readonly faded?: boolean;

8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267
		/**
		 * The title for a specific
		 * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState).
		 */
		readonly tooltip?: string;

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8268
		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8269
		 * The light theme decorations.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8270
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8271
		readonly light?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8272 8273

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8274
		 * The dark theme decorations.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8275
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8276
		readonly dark?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8277 8278 8279
	}

	/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8280 8281
	 * An source control resource state represents the state of an underlying workspace
	 * resource within a certain [source control group](#SourceControlResourceGroup).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8282
	 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8283
	export interface SourceControlResourceState {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8284 8285

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8286
		 * The [uri](#Uri) of the underlying resource inside the workspace.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8287
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8288
		readonly resourceUri: Uri;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8289 8290

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8291 8292
		 * The [command](#Command) which should be run when the resource
		 * state is open in the Source Control viewlet.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8293
		 */
8294
		readonly command?: Command;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8295 8296

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8297 8298
		 * The [decorations](#SourceControlResourceDecorations) for this source control
		 * resource state.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8299
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8300
		readonly decorations?: SourceControlResourceDecorations;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8301 8302 8303
	}

	/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8304 8305
	 * A source control resource group is a collection of
	 * [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8306
	 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312
	export interface SourceControlResourceGroup {

		/**
		 * The id of this source control resource group.
		 */
		readonly id: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8313 8314

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8315
		 * The label of this source control resource group.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8316
		 */
8317
		label: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8318 8319

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8320 8321
		 * Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it contains
		 * no [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8322
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8323
		hideWhenEmpty?: boolean;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8324 8325

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8326 8327
		 * This group's collection of
		 * [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8328
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8329
		resourceStates: SourceControlResourceState[];
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8330 8331

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8332
		 * Dispose this source control resource group.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8333
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341
		dispose(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * An source control is able to provide [resource states](#SourceControlResourceState)
	 * to the editor and interact with the editor in several source control related ways.
	 */
	export interface SourceControl {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8342 8343

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8344
		 * The id of this source control.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8345
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8346
		readonly id: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8347 8348

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8349
		 * The human-readable label of this source control.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8350
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8351
		readonly label: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8352

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8353 8354 8355 8356 8357
		/**
		 * The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control.
		 */
		readonly rootUri: Uri | undefined;

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8358 8359 8360 8361 8362
		/**
		 * The [input box](#SourceControlInputBox) for this source control.
		 */
		readonly inputBox: SourceControlInputBox;

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8363
		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8364 8365
		 * The UI-visible count of [resource states](#SourceControlResourceState) of
		 * this source control.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8366
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8367 8368
		 * Equals to the total number of [resource state](#SourceControlResourceState)
		 * of this source control, if undefined.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8369
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8370
		count?: number;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8371 8372

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8373
		 * An optional [quick diff provider](#QuickDiffProvider).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8374
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8375
		quickDiffProvider?: QuickDiffProvider;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8376

J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8377
		/**
8378 8379 8380 8381
		 * Optional commit template string.
		 *
		 * The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Control
		 * input with this value when appropriate.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8382
		 */
8383
		commitTemplate?: string;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8384 8385

		/**
8386 8387 8388 8389
		 * Optional accept input command.
		 *
		 * This command will be invoked when the user accepts the value
		 * in the Source Control input.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8390
		 */
8391
		acceptInputCommand?: Command;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8392 8393

		/**
8394 8395 8396
		 * Optional status bar commands.
		 *
		 * These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8397
		 */
8398
		statusBarCommands?: Command[];
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8399 8400

		/**
8401
		 * Create a new [resource group](#SourceControlResourceGroup).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8402
		 */
8403
		createResourceGroup(id: string, label: string): SourceControlResourceGroup;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8404 8405

		/**
8406
		 * Dispose this source control.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8407
		 */
8408 8409 8410 8411
		dispose(): void;
	}

	export namespace scm {
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8412 8413

		/**
J
Joao 已提交
8414 8415
		 * ~~The [input box](#SourceControlInputBox) for the last source control
		 * created by the extension.~~
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8416
		 *
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8417
		 * @deprecated Use SourceControl.inputBox instead
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8418
		 */
8419
		export const inputBox: SourceControlInputBox;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8420 8421

		/**
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8422
		 * Creates a new [source control](#SourceControl) instance.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8423
		 *
8424 8425 8426
		 * @param id An `id` for the source control. Something short, e.g.: `git`.
		 * @param label A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.: `Git`.
		 * @param rootUri An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.: `Uri.parse(workspaceRoot)`.
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8427
		 * @return An instance of [source control](#SourceControl).
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8428
		 */
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8429
		export function createSourceControl(id: string, label: string, rootUri?: Uri): SourceControl;
J
Joao Moreno 已提交
8430 8431
	}

8432 8433 8434 8435 8436
	/**
	 * Configuration for a debug session.
	 */
	export interface DebugConfiguration {
		/**
8437
		 * The type of the debug session.
8438 8439 8440 8441
		 */
		type: string;

		/**
8442
		 * The name of the debug session.
8443
		 */
8444
		name: string;
8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461

		/**
		 * The request type of the debug session.
		 */
		request: string;

		/**
		 * Additional debug type specific properties.
		 */
		[key: string]: any;
	}

	/**
	 * A debug session.
	 */
	export interface DebugSession {

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8462 8463 8464 8465 8466
		/**
		 * The unique ID of this debug session.
		 */
		readonly id: string;

8467
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8468
		 * The debug session's type from the [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration).
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8469
		 */
8470 8471 8472
		readonly type: string;

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8473
		 * The debug session's name from the [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration).
8474 8475 8476
		 */
		readonly name: string;

8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489
		/**
		 * The workspace folder of this session or `undefined` for a folderless setup.
		 */
		readonly workspaceFolder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined;

		/**
		 * The "resolved" [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) of this session.
		 * "Resolved" means that
		 * - all variables have been substituted and
		 * - platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms.
		 */
		readonly configuration: DebugConfiguration;

8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496
		/**
		 * Send a custom request to the debug adapter.
		 */
		customRequest(command: string, args?: any): Thenable<any>;
	}

	/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8497
	 * A custom Debug Adapter Protocol event received from a [debug session](#DebugSession).
8498
	 */
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8499 8500 8501 8502 8503
	export interface DebugSessionCustomEvent {
		/**
		 * The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the custom event was received.
		 */
		session: DebugSession;
8504 8505

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8506
		 * Type of event.
8507
		 */
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515
		event: string;

		/**
		 * Event specific information.
		 */
		body?: any;
	}

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8516 8517
	/**
	 * A debug configuration provider allows to add the initial debug configurations to a newly created launch.json
8518 8519
	 * and to resolve a launch configuration before it is used to start a new debug session.
	 * A debug configuration provider is registered via #debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8520 8521 8522 8523 8524 8525
	 */
	export interface DebugConfigurationProvider {
		/**
		 * Provides initial [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration). If more than one debug configuration provider is
		 * registered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order.
		 *
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8526
		 * @param folder The workspace folder for which the configurations are used or `undefined` for a folderless setup.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8527 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @return An array of [debug configurations](#DebugConfiguration).
		 */
		provideDebugConfigurations?(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]>;

		/**
		 * Resolves a [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes.
		 * If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chained
		 * in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain.
8536
		 * Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting.
8537
		 * Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8538
		 *
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8539
		 * @param folder The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or `undefined` for a folderless setup.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8540 8541
		 * @param debugConfiguration The [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) to resolve.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
8542
		 * @return The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8543 8544 8545 8546
		 */
		resolveDebugConfiguration?(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>;
	}

8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602 8603 8604 8605 8606 8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641
	/**
	 * Represents a debug adapter executable and optional arguments and runtime options passed to it.
	 */
	export class DebugAdapterExecutable {

		/**
		 * Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program.
		 *
		 * @param command The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter.
		 * @param args Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable.
		 * @param options Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable.
		 */
		constructor(command: string, args?: string[], options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions);

		/**
		 * The command or path of the debug adapter executable.
		 * A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable.
		 * The special value 'node' will be mapped to VS Code's built-in Node.js runtime.
		 */
		readonly command: string;

		/**
		 * The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array.
		 */
		readonly args: string[];

		/**
		 * Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started.
		 * Defaults to undefined.
		 */
		readonly options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions;
	}

	/**
	 * Options for a debug adapter executable.
	 */
	export interface DebugAdapterExecutableOptions {

		/**
		 * The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted
		 * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with
		 * the parent process' environment.
		 */
		env?: { [key: string]: string };

		/**
		 * The current working directory for the executed debug adapter.
		 */
		cwd?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a debug adapter running as a socket based server.
	 */
	export class DebugAdapterServer {

		/**
		 * The port.
		 */
		readonly port: number;

		/**
		 * The host.
		 */
		readonly host?: string;

		/**
		 * Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server.
		 */
		constructor(port: number, host?: string);
	}

	export type DebugAdapterDescriptor = DebugAdapterExecutable | DebugAdapterServer;

	export interface DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory {
		/**
		 * 'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use.
		 * These details must be returned as objects of type [DebugAdapterDescriptor](#DebugAdapterDescriptor).
		 * Currently two types of debug adapters are supported:
		 * - a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (see [DebugAdapterExecutable](#DebugAdapterExecutable)),
		 * - a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (see [DebugAdapterServer](#DebugAdapterServer)).
		 * If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this:
		 *   createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) {
		 *      if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') {
		 *         return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer);
		 *      }
		 *      return executable;
		 *   }
		 * @param session The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the debug adapter will be used.
		 * @param executable The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists).
		 * @return a [debug adapter descriptor](#DebugAdapterDescriptor) or undefined.
		 */
		createDebugAdapterDescriptor(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable | undefined): ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor>;
	}

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 8652 8653 8654 8655 8656 8657 8658 8659 8660 8661 8662
	/**
	 * A Debug Adapter Tracker is a means to track the communication between VS Code and a Debug Adapter.
	 */
	export interface DebugAdapterTracker {
		/**
		 * A session with the debug adapter is about to be started.
		 */
		onWillStartSession?(): void;
		/**
		 * The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from VS Code.
		 */
		onWillReceiveMessage?(message: any): void;
		/**
		 * The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to VS Code.
		 */
		onDidSendMessage?(message: any): void;
		/**
		 * The debug adapter session is about to be stopped.
		 */
		onWillStopSession?(): void;
		/**
8663
		 * An error with the debug adapter has occurred.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8664 8665 8666 8667 8668 8669 8670 8671 8672 8673 8674 8675 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682
		 */
		onError?(error: Error): void;
		/**
		 * The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal.
		 */
		onExit?(code: number | undefined, signal: string | undefined): void;
	}

	export interface DebugAdapterTrackerFactory {
		/**
		 * The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in order
		 * to return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between VS Code and a debug adapter.
		 *
		 * @param session The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the debug adapter tracker will be used.
		 * @return A [debug adapter tracker](#DebugAdapterTracker) or undefined.
		 */
		createDebugAdapterTracker(session: DebugSession): ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker>;
	}

8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702
	/**
	 * Represents the debug console.
	 */
	export interface DebugConsole {
		/**
		 * Append the given value to the debug console.
		 *
		 * @param value A string, falsy values will not be printed.
		 */
		append(value: string): void;

		/**
		 * Append the given value and a line feed character
		 * to the debug console.
		 *
		 * @param value A string, falsy values will be printed.
		 */
		appendLine(value: string): void;
	}

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8703
	/**
8704
	 * An event describing the changes to the set of [breakpoints](#Breakpoint).
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8705
	 */
8706 8707 8708 8709 8710
	export interface BreakpointsChangeEvent {
		/**
		 * Added breakpoints.
		 */
		readonly added: Breakpoint[];
8711 8712

		/**
8713
		 * Removed breakpoints.
8714
		 */
8715 8716 8717 8718 8719 8720 8721 8722 8723 8724 8725 8726
		readonly removed: Breakpoint[];

		/**
		 * Changed breakpoints.
		 */
		readonly changed: Breakpoint[];
	}

	/**
	 * The base class of all breakpoint types.
	 */
	export class Breakpoint {
8727 8728 8729 8730
		/**
		 * The unique ID of the breakpoint.
		 */
		readonly id: string;
8731 8732 8733 8734 8735 8736 8737 8738 8739 8740 8741 8742
		/**
		 * Is breakpoint enabled.
		 */
		readonly enabled: boolean;
		/**
		 * An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
		 */
		readonly condition?: string;
		/**
		 * An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
		 */
		readonly hitCondition?: string;
8743 8744 8745 8746
		/**
		 * An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
		 */
		readonly logMessage?: string;
8747

8748
		protected constructor(enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string);
8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761 8762
	}

	/**
	 * A breakpoint specified by a source location.
	 */
	export class SourceBreakpoint extends Breakpoint {
		/**
		 * The source and line position of this breakpoint.
		 */
		readonly location: Location;

		/**
		 * Create a new breakpoint for a source location.
		 */
8763
		constructor(location: Location, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string);
8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 8771 8772 8773 8774 8775 8776 8777
	}

	/**
	 * A breakpoint specified by a function name.
	 */
	export class FunctionBreakpoint extends Breakpoint {
		/**
		 * The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached.
		 */
		readonly functionName: string;

		/**
		 * Create a new function breakpoint.
		 */
8778
		constructor(functionName: string, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string);
8779 8780 8781 8782 8783 8784
	}

	/**
	 * Namespace for debug functionality.
	 */
	export namespace debug {
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8785 8786

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8787
		 * The currently active [debug session](#DebugSession) or `undefined`. The active debug session is the one
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8788 8789 8790 8791 8792
		 * represented by the debug action floating window or the one currently shown in the drop down menu of the debug action floating window.
		 * If no debug session is active, the value is `undefined`.
		 */
		export let activeDebugSession: DebugSession | undefined;

8793 8794
		/**
		 * The currently active [debug console](#DebugConsole).
8795
		 * If no debug session is active, output sent to the debug console is not shown.
8796 8797 8798
		 */
		export let activeDebugConsole: DebugConsole;

8799 8800 8801 8802 8803 8804
		/**
		 * List of breakpoints.
		 */
		export let breakpoints: Breakpoint[];


A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8805 8806 8807 8808 8809 8810 8811
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active debug session](#debug.activeDebugSession)
		 * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active debug session changes
		 * to `undefined`.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeActiveDebugSession: Event<DebugSession | undefined>;

8812
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8813
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when a new [debug session](#DebugSession) has been started.
8814 8815 8816
		 */
		export const onDidStartDebugSession: Event<DebugSession>;

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8817
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8818
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when a custom DAP event is received from the [debug session](#DebugSession).
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8819 8820 8821 8822
		 */
		export const onDidReceiveDebugSessionCustomEvent: Event<DebugSessionCustomEvent>;

		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8823
		 * An [event](#Event) which fires when a [debug session](#DebugSession) has terminated.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8824 8825
		 */
		export const onDidTerminateDebugSession: Event<DebugSession>;
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8826

8827 8828 8829 8830 8831 8832
		/**
		 * An [event](#Event) that is emitted when the set of breakpoints is added, removed, or changed.
		 */
		export const onDidChangeBreakpoints: Event<BreakpointsChangeEvent>;


A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8833
		/**
8834
		 * Register a [debug configuration provider](#DebugConfigurationProvider) for a specific debug type.
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8835 8836 8837 8838 8839 8840 8841
		 * More than one provider can be registered for the same type.
		 *
		 * @param type The debug type for which the provider is registered.
		 * @param provider The [debug configuration provider](#DebugConfigurationProvider) to register.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerDebugConfigurationProvider(debugType: string, provider: DebugConfigurationProvider): Disposable;
8842

8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853
		/**
		 * Register a [debug adapter descriptor factory](#DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory) for a specific debug type.
		 * An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown.
		 * Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error.
		 *
		 * @param debugType The debug type for which the factory is registered.
		 * @param factory The [debug adapter descriptor factory](#DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory) to register.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this factory when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerDebugAdapterDescriptorFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory): Disposable;

A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8854 8855 8856 8857 8858 8859 8860 8861 8862
		/**
		 * Register a debug adapter tracker factory for the given debug type.
		 *
		 * @param debugType The debug type for which the factory is registered or '*' for matching all debug types.
		 * @param factory The [debug adapter tracker factory](#DebugAdapterTrackerFactory) to register.
		 * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this factory when being disposed.
		 */
		export function registerDebugAdapterTrackerFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterTrackerFactory): Disposable;

8863 8864 8865 8866 8867 8868 8869 8870
		/**
		 * Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration,
		 * or by directly passing a [DebugConfiguration](#DebugConfiguration).
		 * The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder.
		 * Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date.
		 * Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder.
		 * @param folder The [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) for looking up named configurations and resolving variables or `undefined` for a non-folder setup.
		 * @param nameOrConfiguration Either the name of a debug or compound configuration or a [DebugConfiguration](#DebugConfiguration) object.
8871
		 * @param parent If specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of a "parent" debug session.
8872 8873
		 * @return A thenable that resolves when debugging could be successfully started.
		 */
8874
		export function startDebugging(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration, parentSession?: DebugSession): Thenable<boolean>;
8875 8876 8877 8878 8879 8880 8881 8882 8883 8884 8885 8886

		/**
		 * Add breakpoints.
		 * @param breakpoints The breakpoints to add.
		*/
		export function addBreakpoints(breakpoints: Breakpoint[]): void;

		/**
		 * Remove breakpoints.
		 * @param breakpoints The breakpoints to remove.
		 */
		export function removeBreakpoints(breakpoints: Breakpoint[]): void;
8887 8888
	}

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8889
	/**
8890
	 * Namespace for dealing with installed extensions. Extensions are represented
J
Jon Malmaud 已提交
8891
	 * by an [extension](#Extension)-interface which enables reflection on them.
8892
	 *
S
Steven Clarke 已提交
8893
	 * Extension writers can provide APIs to other extensions by returning their API public
8894 8895 8896 8897
	 * surface from the `activate`-call.
	 *
	 * ```javascript
	 * export function activate(context: vscode.ExtensionContext) {
8898 8899 8900 8901 8902 8903 8904 8905 8906 8907
	 * 	let api = {
	 * 		sum(a, b) {
	 * 			return a + b;
	 * 		},
	 * 		mul(a, b) {
	 * 			return a * b;
	 * 		}
	 * 	};
	 * 	// 'export' public api-surface
	 * 	return api;
8908 8909 8910 8911 8912 8913 8914 8915 8916 8917 8918 8919
	 * }
	 * ```
	 * When depending on the API of another extension add an `extensionDependency`-entry
	 * to `package.json`, and use the [getExtension](#extensions.getExtension)-function
	 * and the [exports](#Extension.exports)-property, like below:
	 *
	 * ```javascript
	 * let mathExt = extensions.getExtension('genius.math');
	 * let importedApi = mathExt.exports;
	 *
	 * console.log(importedApi.mul(42, 1));
	 * ```
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8920
	 */
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8921 8922
	export namespace extensions {

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8923
		/**
8924
		 * Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8925
		 *
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8926
		 * @param extensionId An extension identifier.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8927 8928
		 * @return An extension or `undefined`.
		 */
8929
		export function getExtension(extensionId: string): Extension<any> | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8930

J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8931
		/**
A
Andre Weinand 已提交
8932
		 * Get an extension its full identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8933 8934 8935
		 *
		 * @param extensionId An extension identifier.
		 * @return An extension or `undefined`.
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
8936
		 */
8937
		export function getExtension<T>(extensionId: string): Extension<T> | undefined;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8938 8939 8940 8941 8942

		/**
		 * All extensions currently known to the system.
		 */
		export let all: Extension<any>[];
8943 8944 8945 8946 8947 8948

		/**
		 * An event which fires when `extensions.all` changes. This can happen when extensions are
		 * installed, uninstalled, enabled or disabled.
		 */
		export const onDidChange: Event<void>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
8949
	}
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8950 8951 8952 8953 8954 8955 8956 8957 8958 8959 8960 8961 8962 8963 8964 8965 8966 8967

	//#region Comments

	/**
	 * Collapsible state of a [comment thread](#CommentThread)
	 */
	export enum CommentThreadCollapsibleState {
		/**
		 * Determines an item is collapsed
		 */
		Collapsed = 0,

		/**
		 * Determines an item is expanded
		 */
		Expanded = 1
	}

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8968 8969 8970
	/**
	 * Comment mode of a [comment](#Comment)
	 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8971
	export enum CommentMode {
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8972 8973 8974
		/**
		 * Displays the comment editor
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8975
		Editing = 0,
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8976 8977 8978 8979

		/**
		 * Displays the preview of the comment
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8980 8981 8982 8983 8984 8985 8986 8987 8988 8989
		Preview = 1
	}

	/**
	 * A collection of [comments](#Comment) representing a conversation at a particular range in a document.
	 */
	export interface CommentThread {
		/**
		 * The uri of the document the thread has been created on.
		 */
8990
		readonly uri: Uri;
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8991 8992 8993 8994 8995

		/**
		 * The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shown
		 * at the first line of the range.
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8996
		range: Range;
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
8997 8998 8999 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 9005 9006 9007 9008

		/**
		 * The ordered comments of the thread.
		 */
		comments: ReadonlyArray<Comment>;

		/**
		 * Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document.
		 * Defaults to Collapsed.
		 */
		collapsibleState: CommentThreadCollapsibleState;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9009 9010 9011 9012 9013 9014 9015 9016 9017 9018 9019 9020 9021 9022 9023 9024 9025 9026 9027 9028
		/**
		 * Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions.
		 * For example, a comment thread is given a context value as `editable`. When contributing actions to `comments/commentThread/title`
		 * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `commentThread` in `when` expression like `commentThread == editable`.
		 * ```
		 *	"contributes": {
		 *		"menus": {
		 *			"comments/commentThread/title": [
		 *				{
		 *					"command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
		 *					"when": "commentThread == editable"
		 *				}
		 *			]
		 *		}
		 *	}
		 * ```
		 * This will show action `extension.deleteCommentThread` only for comment threads with `contextValue` is `editable`.
		 */
		contextValue?: string;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9029 9030 9031 9032 9033 9034 9035 9036 9037 9038 9039 9040 9041 9042 9043 9044 9045 9046 9047 9048 9049 9050 9051 9052 9053 9054 9055 9056 9057 9058 9059 9060 9061 9062 9063 9064 9065
		/**
		 * The optional human-readable label describing the [Comment Thread](#CommentThread)
		 */
		label?: string;

		/**
		 * Dispose this comment thread.
		 *
		 * Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when approriate.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * Author information of a [comment](#Comment)
	 */
	export interface CommentAuthorInformation {
		/**
		 * The display name of the author of the comment
		 */
		name: string;

		/**
		 * The optional icon path for the author
		 */
		iconPath?: Uri;
	}

	/**
	 * A comment is displayed within the editor or the Comments Panel, depending on how it is provided.
	 */
	export interface Comment {
		/**
		 * The human-readable comment body
		 */
		body: string | MarkdownString;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9066 9067 9068
		/**
		 * [Comment mode](#CommentMode) of the comment
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9069 9070 9071
		mode: CommentMode;

		/**
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9072
		 * The [author information](#CommentAuthorInformation) of the comment
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9073 9074 9075
		 */
		author: CommentAuthorInformation;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9076 9077 9078 9079 9080 9081 9082 9083 9084 9085 9086 9087 9088 9089 9090 9091 9092 9093 9094 9095
		/**
		 * Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions.
		 * For example, a comment is given a context value as `editable`. When contributing actions to `comments/comment/title`
		 * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `comment` in `when` expression like `comment == editable`.
		 * ```
		 *	"contributes": {
		 *		"menus": {
		 *			"comments/comment/title": [
		 *				{
		 *					"command": "extension.deleteComment",
		 *					"when": "comment == editable"
		 *				}
		 *			]
		 *		}
		 *	}
		 * ```
		 * This will show action `extension.deleteComment` only for comments with `contextValue` is `editable`.
		 */
		contextValue?: string;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9096 9097 9098 9099 9100 9101 9102
		/**
		 * Optional label describing the [Comment](#Comment)
		 * Label will be rendered next to authorName if exists.
		 */
		label?: string;
	}

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9103
	/**
9104
	 * Command argument for actions registered in `comments/commentThread/context`.
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9105
	 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9106
	export interface CommentReply {
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9107 9108 9109
		/**
		 * The active [comment thread](#CommentThread)
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9110 9111
		thread: CommentThread;

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9112 9113 9114
		/**
		 * The value in the comment editor
		 */
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9115 9116 9117 9118 9119 9120 9121 9122 9123 9124 9125 9126 9127 9128 9129 9130 9131 9132 9133 9134 9135 9136 9137 9138 9139 9140 9141 9142 9143 9144 9145
		text: string;
	}

	/**
	 * Commenting range provider for a [comment controller](#CommentController).
	 */
	export interface CommentingRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document
		 */
		provideCommentingRanges(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Range[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * A comment controller is able to provide [comments](#CommentThread) support to the editor and
	 * provide users various ways to interact with comments.
	 */
	export interface CommentController {
		/**
		 * The id of this comment controller.
		 */
		readonly id: string;

		/**
		 * The human-readable label of this comment controller.
		 */
		readonly label: string;

		/**
		 * Optional commenting range provider. Provide a list [ranges](#Range) which support commenting to any given resource uri.
		 *
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9146
		 * If not provided, users can leave comments in any document opened in the editor.
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9147 9148 9149 9150 9151 9152 9153
		 */
		commentingRangeProvider?: CommentingRangeProvider;

		/**
		 * Create a [comment thread](#CommentThread). The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches)
		 * and Comments Panel once created.
		 *
9154
		 * @param uri The uri of the document the thread has been created on.
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9155 9156 9157
		 * @param range The range the comment thread is located within the document.
		 * @param comments The ordered comments of the thread.
		 */
9158
		createCommentThread(uri: Uri, range: Range, comments: Comment[]): CommentThread;
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9159 9160 9161 9162 9163 9164 9165 9166 9167 9168

		/**
		 * Dispose this comment controller.
		 *
		 * Once disposed, all [comment threads](#CommentThread) created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editor
		 * and Comments Panel.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
	}

P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9169
	namespace comments {
P
Peng Lyu 已提交
9170 9171 9172 9173 9174 9175 9176 9177 9178 9179 9180
		/**
		 * Creates a new [comment controller](#CommentController) instance.
		 *
		 * @param id An `id` for the comment controller.
		 * @param label A human-readable string for the comment controller.
		 * @return An instance of [comment controller](#CommentController).
		 */
		export function createCommentController(id: string, label: string): CommentController;
	}

	//#endregion
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
9181 9182 9183 9184
}

/**
 * Thenable is a common denominator between ES6 promises, Q, jquery.Deferred, WinJS.Promise,
9185
 * and others. This API makes no assumption about what promise library is being used which
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
9186
 * enables reusing existing code without migrating to a specific promise implementation. Still,
J
Johannes Rieken 已提交
9187
 * we recommend the use of native promises which are available in this editor.
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
9188
 */
9189
interface Thenable<T> {
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
9190 9191 9192 9193 9194 9195
	/**
	* Attaches callbacks for the resolution and/or rejection of the Promise.
	* @param onfulfilled The callback to execute when the Promise is resolved.
	* @param onrejected The callback to execute when the Promise is rejected.
	* @returns A Promise for the completion of which ever callback is executed.
	*/
9196 9197
	then<TResult>(onfulfilled?: (value: T) => TResult | Thenable<TResult>, onrejected?: (reason: any) => TResult | Thenable<TResult>): Thenable<TResult>;
	then<TResult>(onfulfilled?: (value: T) => TResult | Thenable<TResult>, onrejected?: (reason: any) => void): Thenable<TResult>;
E
Erich Gamma 已提交
9198
}